BAY STATE BANCORP INC
10KSB, 1999-06-14
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: BAY STATE BANCORP INC, DEF 14A, 1999-06-14
Next: FLOUR CITY INTERNATIONAL INC, 10-Q, 1999-06-14



                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   Form 10-KSB

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                    For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999
                                     1-13691
                             Commission File Number

                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
          (Name of small business issuer as specified in its charter.)

            Delaware                                     04-3398630
(State or Other Jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 Incorporation or Organization)

               1299 Beacon Street, Brookline, Massachusetts 02446
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

         Issuer's telephone number, including area code: (617) 739-9500

      Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Common Stock, par value                    The American Stock Exchange
    $0.01 per share                  (Name of Exchange on which registered)
   (Title of Class)

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None


Check  whether the issuer (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [_]

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers in response to Item 405 of
Regulation  S-B contained in this form and no disclosure  will be contained,  to
the best of the  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this Form  10-KSB or any
amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [X]

The issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year were $23,816,000.

The aggregate  market value of the voting and  non-voting  common equity held by
non-affiliates  of the  issuer  was  $47,086,000.  This  figure  is based on the
closing price on the American Stock Exchange for a share of the issuer's  common
stock on May 26, 1999,  which was $22.125 as reported in The Wall Street Journal
on May 27, 1999. For purposes of this  calculation,  the issuer is assuming that
directors and executive officers are affiliates.

The issuer had 2,329,670 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of May 26, 1999.

Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format. Yes [_] No [X]

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders  are
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB.




<PAGE>



                                      INDEX


                                                                        Page No.
                                                                        --------
PART I

   Item 1.   Description of Business.........................................  1

   Item 2.   Description of Property......................................... 27

   Item 3.   Legal Proceedings............................................... 27

   Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............. 27

PART II

   Item 5.   Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters........ 28

   Item 6.   Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation....... 28

   Item 7.   Financial Statements............................................ 39

   Item 8.   Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on
             Accounting and Financial Disclosure............................. 40

PART III

   Item 9.   Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons;
             Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act............... 40

   Item 10.  Executive Compensation.......................................... 40

   Item 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.. 40

   Item 12.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................. 40

   Item 13.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K................................ 41

SIGNATURES


<PAGE>


Item 1. Description of Business.
- --------------------------------

General

     Bay State Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated under Delaware law
on October 24, 1997. The Company was formed to acquire Bay State Federal Savings
Bank, Brookline,  Massachusetts (the "Bank") and its subsidiaries as part of the
Bank's   conversion   from  a  mutual  to  stock  form  of   organization   (the
"Conversion").  In connection with the Conversion, on March 27, 1998 the Company
issued an aggregate  2,535,232  shares of its common stock,  par value $0.01 per
share  (the  "Common  Stock"),  at a purchase  price of $20 per share,  of which
2,347,437  shares were sold in a  subscription  offering and 187,795 shares were
issued  to  The  Bay  State   Federal   Savings   Charitable   Foundation   (the
"Foundation"), a charitable foundation established by the Bank. The Company is a
savings and loan holding  company and is subject to  regulation by the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("OTS"),  the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC")
and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").  Currently, the Company does
not  transact any material  business  other than through the Bank.  At March 31,
1999, the Company had total assets of $359.4  million,  total deposits of $216.4
million and total stockholders' equity of $60.3 million.

     The Bank was  organized in 1920 as a  state-chartered  mutual  co-operative
bank  under  the name  Coolidge  Corner  Co-operative  Bank.  In 1936,  the Bank
converted  to a  federally-chartered  mutual  savings and loan  association  and
changed its name to Brookline Federal Savings and Loan Association. In 1960, the
Bank changed its name to Bay State Federal Savings and Loan  Association and, in
1983,  changed its name again to Bay State  Federal  Savings  Bank.  In February
1997, the Bank merged with Union Federal Savings Bank ("Union  Federal"),  which
at the time of the merger had $38.2  million of total  assets,  $35.5 million of
deposits and $2.7 million of retained earnings and operated two branches located
in Boston and Westwood, Massachusetts. The Bank currently maintains five banking
offices located in the greater Boston metropolitan area.

     The Bank's  principal  business  has been and  continues  to be  attracting
retail  deposits  from the general  public in the areas  surrounding  its branch
offices  and  investing  those  deposits,  together  with funds  generated  from
operations  and  borrowings,   primarily  in  adjustable-rate  and  shorter-term
fixed-rate  one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans,  multi-family  and
commercial real estate. To a lesser extent, the Bank invests in construction and
development,  commercial and consumer loans.  The Bank operates through its five
full service banking  offices and one  administrative  office,  all of which are
located in the greater Boston  metropolitan  area. The Bank originates loans for
investment and loans for sale in the secondary market,  generally  retaining the
servicing rights on all loans sold. The Bank's revenues are derived  principally
from  interest on its mortgage  loans and, to a lesser  extent,  interest on its
investment  and  mortgage-backed  and   mortgage-related   securities  and  loan
servicing  income.  The Bank's primary sources of funds are deposits,  principal
and  interest  payments  on loans  and  securities  and  Federal  Home Loan Bank
("FHLB") advances.

Market Area and Competition

     The  Bank  is   headquartered   in  Brookline,   Massachusetts   and  is  a
community-oriented  savings institution offering a variety of financial products
and services to meet the needs of the communities it serves.  The Bank's primary
deposit  gathering area is concentrated in the communities  surrounding its five
full service banking offices located in Brookline,  Boston,  Dedham, Norwood and
Westwood,  Massachusetts. All of the Bank's branch offices are located within 15
miles of Brookline.  The Bank's primary  lending area is  significantly  broader
than its  deposit  gathering  area and  includes  all of  Massachusetts,  with a
concentration in the greater Boston metropolitan area.

     Brookline,  Massachusetts is a  fully-developed  and densely populated town
located  west of and  adjacent to Boston.  The major  traffic  roadways  running
through  Brookline  are heavily  traveled and lined with  commercial  and retail
business  operations and Brookline's  1990 census  population was  approximately
54,000.  The  residents  of  Brookline  are  generally  comprised  of white- and
blue-collar  workers  and  college  students.  The towns of Dedham,  Norwood and
Westwood are situated southwest of Boston. These towns are primarily residential
communities consisting of single-family  residences and are populated by middle-
to high-income individuals employed in the greater Boston metropolitan area.


                                        1

<PAGE>



     New England has  generally  lagged  behind the rest of the nation in coming
out of the  recession of the late 1980s and early 1990s.  During this time,  the
market values of many one- to  four-family  residences  declined  throughout the
region.  Loan  demand  diminished  and  competition  for such  loans  increased.
However,  over the past few years,  the regional  economy in the Bank's  primary
market  area,  based  on  economic   indicators  such  as  unemployment   rates,
residential  and  commercial  real estate values and vacancy rates and household
income trends, has strengthened.  Small business,  technology and service firms,
institutions of higher education and tourism form the backbone of the economy of
the greater Boston metropolitan area.

     The Bank faces  significant  competition  both in  generating  loans and in
attracting  deposits.  The Bank's primary market area is highly  competitive and
the Bank  faces  direct  competition  from a  significant  number  of  financial
institutions,  many with a state-wide or regional presence and, in some cases, a
national presence. Many of these financial institutions are significantly larger
and have greater financial  resources than the Bank. The Bank's  competition for
loans comes  principally from commercial  banks,  savings banks,  credit unions,
mortgage brokers,  mortgage banking companies and insurance companies.  Its most
direct  competition  for deposits  has  historically  come from other  financial
institutions.  In addition, the Bank faces significant  competition for deposits
from non-bank  institutions  such as brokerage firms and insurance  companies in
such  instruments  as short-term  money market funds,  corporate and  government
securities funds, mutual funds and annuities. Competition may also increase as a
result of the lifting of restrictions on the interstate  operations of financial
institutions.  The Bank has also experienced significant competition from credit
unions  which have a  competitive  advantage as they do not pay state or federal
income taxes. This competitive disadvantage has placed increased pressure on the
Bank with respect to its loan and deposit pricing.

Personnel

     As of March 31, 1999 the Bank had 79 full-time  employees  and 11 part-time
employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and
the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

Lending Activities

     Loan Portfolio Composition. The Bank's loan portfolio consists primarily of
first  mortgage loans secured by one- to  four-family  residences.  At March 31,
1999, gross loans totalled $309.0 million,  of which $168.8 million were one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans, or 54.6% of the Bank's total loans. At
such date,  the remainder of the loan  portfolio  consisted of: $57.7 million of
multi-family  residential  loans,  or 18.7% of total  loans;  $67.8  million  of
commercial  real  estate  loans,  or 21.9%  of  total  loans;  $5.5  million  of
construction and development loans,  including  unadvanced loan amounts, or 1.8%
of total loans;  $5.2 million of equity lines of credit, or 1.7% of total loans;
and $3.5 million of other consumer loans, or 1.1% of total loans.

     The types of loans that the Bank may  originate  are subject to federal and
state  laws and  regulations.  Interest  rates  charged by the Bank on loans are
affected  by the demand for such  loans and the  supply of money  available  for
lending purposes and local competitive  influences.  These factors are, in turn,
affected by, among other things,  economic conditions,  monetary policies of the
federal government,  including the Federal Reserve Board ("FRB") and legislative
tax policies.

                                        2

<PAGE>


     The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio
in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           At March 31,
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1999                 1998                  1997                 1996                 1995
                              -----------------    ------------------    -----------------    ------------------   -----------------
                                        Percent               Percent              Percent               Percent            Percent
                              Amount   of Total    Amount    of Total    Amount   of Total    Amount    of Total   Amount   of Total
                              ------   --------    ------    --------    ------   --------    ------    --------   ------   --------
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                          <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>
Mortgage loans:
 Residential:
    One- to four-family    $168,786    54.62%   $157,240     68.23%   $162,837    77.34%   $149,941     78.74%  $152,025    80.93%
    Multi-family .........   57,744    18.69      22,411      9.73      14,624     6.95      13,294      6.98     12,505     6.65
 Commercial real estate...   67,806    21.94      35,468     15.39      25,260    12.00      19,129     10.05     17,820     9.49
 Construction and
    development(1) .......    5,494     1.78       7,821      3.39       2,831     1.34       5,359      2.81      3,393     1.81
                           --------   ------    --------    ------    --------   ------    --------    ------   --------   ------
    Total mortgage loans..  299,830    97.03     222,940     96.74     205,552    97.63     187,723     98.58    185,743    98.88
                           --------   ------    --------    ------    --------   ------    --------    ------   --------   ------
Commercial ...............      500     0.16          43      0.02          31     0.02          --        --         --       --
                           --------   ------    --------    ------    --------   ------    --------    ------   --------   ------
Consumer loans:
   Equity lines ..........    5,156     1.67       4,028      1.75       2,359     1.12         268      0.14         --       --
   Other consumer loans ..    3,535     1.14       3,434      1.49       2,594     1.23       2,434      1.28      2,110     1.12
                           --------   ------    --------    ------    --------   ------    --------    ------   --------   ------
    Total consumer loans..    8,691     2.81       7,462      3.24       4,953     2.35       2,702      1.42      2,110     1.12
                           --------   ------    --------    ------    --------   ------    --------    ------   --------   ------
Total loans ..............  309,021   100.00%    230,445    100.00%    210,536   100.00%    190,425    100.00%   187,853   100.00%
                                      ======                ======               ======                ======              ======
Allowance for loan
   losses.................   (3,027)              (2,513)               (1,687)              (1,774)              (1,825)
Undisbursed proceeds of
   construction and
   development loans in
   process ...............   (1,424)              (2,534)               (1,349)              (1,622)                (909)
Deferred loan origination
   fees, net .............     (198)                (470)                 (437)                (495)                (588)
                           --------             --------              --------             --------             --------
      Loans, net .........  304,372              224,928               207,063              186,534              184,531
Mortgage loans held-for-
  sale ...................      321                  822                    --                   47                   --
                           --------             --------              --------             --------             --------
   Loans, net and mortgage
    loans held-for-sale... $304,693             $225,750              $207,063             $186,581             $184,531
                           ========             ========              ========             ========             ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes committed but unadvanced loan amounts.



                                        3

<PAGE>



     Loan Maturity. The following table shows the remaining contractual maturity
of the Bank's loans at March 31, 1999.  The table does not include the effect of
future principal prepayments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 At March 31, 1999
                                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               One- to                              Construction
                                                Four-       Multi-    Commercial    and Develop-                            Total
                                              Family (1)    Family    Real Estate     ment(2)    Commercial    Consumer     Loans
                                              --------     --------   -----------   ------------ ----------    --------    --------
                                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Amounts due:
   One year or less .....................     $  1,236     $  1,315     $     20     $  2,852     $     --     $    620    $  6,043
                                              --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------    --------
   After one year:
   More than one year
      to three years ....................        1,547          690        2,673           --           --          565       5,475
   More than three years
      to five years .....................        1,162          513          932           --           --          333       2,940
   More than five years
      to ten years ......................       13,744        5,027        6,197           --          225          460      25,653
   More than ten years
      to twenty years ...................       51,867       18,492       28,467           42          275          795      99,938
   More than
      twenty years ......................      104,386       31,707       29,517        2,600           --          762     168,972
                                              --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------    --------
         Total due after
            one year ....................      172,706       56,429       67,786        2,642          500        2,915     302,978
                                              --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------    --------
      Total amount due ..................     $173,942     $ 57,744     $ 67,806     $  5,494     $    500     $  3,535     309,021
                                              ========     ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
Less:
  Allowance for loan losses............................................................................................      (3,027)
  Undisbursed proceeds of construction and development loans in process................................................      (1,424)
  Deferred loan origination fees, net..................................................................................        (198)
                                                                                                                           --------
Loans, net.............................................................................................................    $304,372
                                                                                                                           ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes equity lines.

(2)  Includes  construction and development  loans which will convert to one- to
     four-family mortgage loans upon the completion of the construction.


     The  following  table sets forth at March 31,  1999,  the dollar  amount of
loans, excluding mortgage loans held for sale, contractually due after March 31,
2000 and whether such loans have fixed  interest  rates or  adjustable  interest
rates.


                                                  Due After March 31, 2000
                                            ------------------------------------
                                             Fixed       Adjustable       Total
                                            --------     ----------     --------
                                                       (In thousands)

Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family ...............      $ 63,748      $103,802      $167,550
   Multi-family ......................        13,410        43,019        56,429
   Commercial real estate ............        13,148        54,638        67,786
   Construction and development ......            --         2,642         2,642
                                            --------      --------      --------
      Total mortgage loans ...........        90,306       204,101       294,407
                                            --------      --------      --------
Commercial loans .....................            --           500           500
                                            --------      --------      --------
Consumer loans:
   Equity lines ......................            --         5,156         5,156
   Other consumer loans ..............           974         1,941         2,915
                                            --------      --------      --------
      Total consumer loans ...........           974         7,097         8,071
                                            --------      --------      --------
Total loans ..........................      $ 91,280      $211,698      $302,978
                                            ========      ========      ========




                                        4

<PAGE>



     Origination,  Sale and  Servicing  of Loans.  The Bank's  mortgage  lending
activities are conducted  primarily by its loan personnel  operating at its five
branch  offices  and one  administrative  office  and  through a network of loan
correspondents, wholesale loan brokers and other financial institutions approved
by the Bank. All loans  originated by the Bank,  either through internal sources
or  external  sources,  are  underwritten  by the Bank  pursuant  to the  Bank's
policies and procedures. The Bank originates both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate
loans.  The  Bank's  ability to  originate  fixed- or  adjustable-rate  loans is
dependent upon the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by
the current and expected future level of interest rates.

     Generally,  all  adjustable-rate  mortgage loans ("ARM")  originated by the
Bank are  originated  for  investment.  While  the  Bank has from  time-to-time,
retained  fixed-rate  one- to  four-family  loans,  it is currently  the general
policy  of the Bank to sell  substantially  all one- to  four-family  fixed-rate
mortgage  loans with  scheduled  repricing  greater  than 15 years.  The one- to
four-family  mortgage loan products  currently  originated  for sale by the Bank
include a variety of loans which conform to the underwriting standards specified
by Freddie Mac ("FHLMC")  ("conforming  loans") and, to a lesser  extent,  loans
which do not conform to FHLMC  standards  due to loan amounts  ("jumbo  loans").
While the Bank  generally  does not originate  mortgage loans insured by the FHA
and VA,  the Bank  has,  from  time-to-time,  purchased  such  loans for its own
portfolio.  All one- to  four-family  mortgage  loans  sold by the Bank are sold
pursuant to master  commitments  negotiated  with FHLMC and other  investors  to
purchase loans meeting such investors'  defined criteria.  Although the Bank has
entered into such master commitment  contracts,  such contracts generally do not
require  the  purchasers  to buy or the Bank to  deliver  a  specific  amount of
mortgage  loans.  All  conforming  loans  currently sold by the Bank are sold to
FHLMC and all non-conforming  loans which are sold are generally sold to private
investors.  Sales of loans are made without recourse to the Bank in the event of
default by the borrower.  The Bank generally retains the servicing rights on the
mortgage loans sold to FHLMC.

     At March 31, 1999, the Bank maintained a servicing portfolio  consisting of
$307.6  million of loans held for  portfolio,  net,  and $22.6  million of loans
serviced for others.  Loan  servicing  includes  collecting  and remitting  loan
payments,   accounting  for  principal  and  interest,   contacting   delinquent
mortgagors,  supervising  foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of
unremedied defaults,  making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the
borrowers and generally administering the loans.  Substantially all of the loans
currently  being serviced for others are loans which have been sold by the Bank.
The gross  servicing  fee income  from loans  sold is  generally  24 to 48 basis
points of the total balance of the loan serviced.

     During the fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the Bank
originated  and  purchased  $84.0  million,  $41.1  million and $38.1 million of
fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family loans, respectively, of which
$73.2 million, $38.0 million and $37.8 million, respectively,  were retained for
the Bank's  portfolio.  When loans are sold the Bank recognizes,  at the time of
sale,  the cash  gain or loss on the sale of the loans  based on the  difference
between the net cash proceeds received and the carrying value of the loans sold.
On April 1, 1996, the Bank  implemented SFAS No. 122 pursuant to which the value
of servicing  rights may be  recognized  as an asset of the Bank.  In the fiscal
years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,  the fair value of  servicing  rights under
SFAS No. 122 and SFAS No. 125 was not  material  and was not  recognized  in the
consolidated  financial  statements  for  those  periods.  The  Bank  has,  from
time-to-time,  purchased  whole loans,  primarily one- to  four-family  mortgage
loans  or  purchased  a  participation  interest  in loans  originated  by other
financial institutions,  primarily multi-family and commercial real estate loans
and, at March 31, 1999, had $44.0 million of purchased loans and $2.5 million in
loan  participation  interests.  Loans  purchased from  correspondent  financial
institutions  are  underwritten  pursuant to the Bank's  policies and  generally
closed in the name of the correspondent financial institution and then purchased
by the Bank.



                                        5

<PAGE>



     The  following  table sets forth the Bank's loan  originations,  purchases,
sales and principal repayments for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            For the Year Ended March 31,
                                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                       1999             1998             1997
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                                   (In thousands)

<S>                                                    <C>              <C>              <C>
Beginning balance, loans, net(1) ...............       $ 224,928        $ 207,063        $ 186,581
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
   Loans originated and purchased:
      Mortgage loans:
         One- to four-family ...................          84,033           41,107           38,062
         Multi-family ..........................          36,904            5,768            1,129
         Commercial real estate ................          48,136           16,657            9,262
         Construction and development ..........           3,985            5,940            3,750
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
            Total mortgage loans ...............         173,058           69,472           52,203
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
   Commercial ..................................             250               --               38
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
   Consumer:
      Equity lines .............................           6,843            4,166            3,737
      Other consumer loans .....................           4,253            3,277            1,312
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
         Total consumer loans ..................          11,096            7,443            5,049
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
         Total loans ...........................         184,404           76,915           57,290
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
   Total .......................................         409,332          283,978          243,871
Principal repayments and other, net ............         (93,676)         (55,609)         (35,546)
Loan charge-offs, net ..........................            (103)             (30)            (204)
Sale of mortgage loans, principal balance ......         (10,860)          (2,359)            (749)
Transfer of mortgage loans to REO ..............              --             (230)            (309)
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
   Loans, net and mortgage loans held-for-sale..         304,693          225,750          207,063
Mortgage loans held-for-sale ...................            (321)            (822)              --
                                                       ---------        ---------        ---------
   Ending balance, loans, net ..................       $ 304,372        $ 224,928        $ 207,063
                                                       =========        =========        =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes mortgage loans held-for-sale.


     One-to Four-Family  Lending.  The Bank currently offers both fixed-rate and
adjustable-rate mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years secured by one-
to four-family residences.  Most of such loans are located in the Bank's primary
market area.  One- to  four-family  mortgage  loan  originations  are  generally
obtained  through the Bank's  in-house  loan  representatives,  existing or past
customers,  mortgage  brokers and  referrals  from  members of the Bank's  local
communities.  At March 31, 1999, the Bank's one- to  four-family  mortgage loans
totalled  $168.8  million,  or 54.6%, of total loans. Of the one- to four-family
mortgage loans  outstanding at that date,  38.1% were fixed-rate  mortgage loans
and 61.9% were ARM loans.

     The Bank currently offers fixed-rate  mortgage loans with terms from ten to
30 years. The Bank sells  substantially all of the fixed-rate  residential loans
with  maturities  greater  than 15 years  that it  originates  and  retains  the
servicing on all loans sold to FHLMC. From time-to-time,  the Bank will purchase
one- to four-family  mortgage loans. Such purchased loans may be secured by real
estate   located   outside  the  Bank's  primary  market  area  and  outside  of
Massachusetts. Such loans are generally purchased with servicing retained by the
seller.

     The Bank  currently  offers a number  of ARM loans  with  terms of up to 30
years and interest  rates which  adjust every one,  three or five years from the
outset of the loan and  adjust  annually  after the  initial  rate  period.  The
interest  rates for the Bank's ARM loans are indexed to either the one, three or
five year Constant  Maturity  Treasury  ("CMT") Index.  The Bank  originates ARM
loans with initially discounted rates, often known as "teaser rates." The Bank's
ARM loans  generally  provide for  periodic  (not more than 2%) and overall (not
more than 6%) caps on the  increase  or  decrease  in the  interest  rate at any
adjustment  date and over the life of the loan. The Bank  generally  retains for
its portfolio all adjustable-rate one- to four-family loans.

                                        6

<PAGE>



     The origination of adjustable-rate  residential  mortgage loans, as opposed
to fixed-rate  residential  mortgage loans,  helps reduce the Bank's exposure to
increases in interest  rates.  However,  adjustable-rate  loans  generally  pose
credit risks not inherent in  fixed-rate  loans,  primarily  because as interest
rates rise, the underlying payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the
potential for default.  Periodic and lifetime  caps on interest  rate  increases
help to reduce the risks  associated with  adjustable-rate  loans but also limit
the interest rate sensitivity of such loans.

     All one- to four-family  mortgage loans are  underwritten  according to the
Bank's  policies  and  guidelines.   Generally,  the  Bank  originates  one-  to
four-family  residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the lower of the
appraised value or the selling price of the property securing the loan and up to
95% of the  appraised  value or  selling  price if  private  mortgage  insurance
("PMI") is obtained.  Mortgage loans  originated by the Bank  generally  include
due-on-sale  clauses which provide the Bank with the  contractual  right to deem
the loan  immediately  due and  payable  in the  event  the  borrower  transfers
ownership of the property without the Bank's consent. Due-on-sale clauses are an
important means of adjusting the yields on the Bank's  fixed-rate  mortgage loan
portfolio and the Bank has generally  exercised its rights under these  clauses.
The Bank requires fire,  casualty,  title and, in certain cases, flood insurance
on all properties securing real estate loans made by the Bank.

     In an effort to provide  financing  for  first-time  home buyers,  the Bank
offers its own first-time  home buyer loan program.  This program offers one- to
four-family residential mortgage loans to qualified individuals. These loans are
offered  with  adjustable-  and  fixed-rates  of interest  and terms of up to 30
years. Pursuant to this program, borrowers receive reduced loan origination fees
and closing costs.  Such loans must be secured by an  owner-occupied  residence.
These loans are  originated  using the same  underwriting  guidelines as are the
Bank's other one- to four-family  mortgage  loans.  Such loans are originated in
amounts  up to 95% of the lower of the  property's  appraised  value or the sale
price.   Private  mortgage   insurance  is  normally  required  for  loans  with
loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios of over 80%.

     Multi-Family  and  Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending.  The Bank  originates
multi-family and commercial real estate loans that are generally secured by 5 or
more unit apartment  buildings and properties used for business purposes such as
office  buildings,  industrial  facilities or retail  facilities  located in the
Bank's primary market area. The Bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate
underwriting policies provide that such real estate loans may be made in amounts
up to 80% of the appraised value of the property,  subject to the Bank's current
loans-to-one-borrower  limit,  which at March  31,  1999 was $6.6  million.  The
Bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate loans may be made with terms up
to 30 years and are offered with interest rates that adjust periodically and are
generally  indexed to the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.  In
reaching  its  decision on whether to make a  multi-family  or  commercial  real
estate loan,  the Bank considers the net operating  income of the property,  the
borrower's expertise,  credit history, the value of the underlying property, and
the financial conditions of the Borrower/Guarantor.  The Bank generally requires
that the properties  securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage
ratios (the ratio of earnings  before debt service to debt  service) of at least
1.25x.  In  addition,  depending  on the  perceived  environmental  risk  of the
property an  environmental  impact survey may be required for  multi-family  and
commercial real estate loans.  Generally,  all  multi-family and commercial real
estate loans made to  corporations,  partnerships  and other  business  entities
require  personal  guarantees  by the  principals.  The Bank may not  require  a
personal  guarantee  on such  loans  depending  on the  creditworthiness  of the
borrower, the amount of the downpayment and other mitigating circumstances.  The
Bank's  multi-family  real  estate  loan  portfolio  at March 31, 1999 was $57.7
million,  or 18.7%,  of total loans and the Bank's  commercial  real estate loan
portfolio at such date was $67.8 million,  or 21.9%, of total loans. The largest
multi-family or commercial real estate loan in the Bank's portfolio at March 31,
1999 was a $4.9 million  real estate loan secured by a blanket  mortgage on five
retail/office buildings.

     The  Bank  also  purchases  participation  interests  in  multi-family  and
commercial  real  estate  loans.  Most of these loans are secured by real estate
located  in  the  Bank's  primary  market  area.  When  determining  whether  to
participate in such loans, the Bank will underwrite its  participation  interest
according to its own  underwriting  standards.  At March 31, 1999,  the Bank had
$2.5  million in  multi-family  and  commercial  real estate loan  participation
interests, or 0.81% of total loans.

     Loans  secured  by  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  properties
generally involve larger principal  amounts.  Additionally,  because payments on
loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are

                                        7

<PAGE>



often  dependent  on  successful  operation  or  management  of the  properties,
repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse  conditions in the real estate
market  or the  economy  and thus  poses a  greater  degree of risk than one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks
through its underwriting standards.

     Construction  and  Development  Lending.  The  Bank  originates  short-term
balloon  fixed-rate  construction  loans for the  development of residential and
commercial property. Construction and development loans are offered primarily to
experienced  local  developers  operating in the Bank's  market  area.  The Bank
currently  does not  originate  loans  secured by raw land.  The majority of the
Bank's  construction  and  development  loans  are  originated  to  finance  the
construction by developers of one- to four-family  residential  real estate and,
to a lesser extent,  multi-family and commercial real estate properties  located
in the Bank's primary market area. Construction loans are generally offered with
terms of up to 12 months and may be made in  amounts up to 80% of the  appraised
value of the property on multi-family  and commercial  real estate  construction
and 85% on one-  to  four-family  residential  construction.  Construction  loan
proceeds are disbursed periodically,  in increments,  as construction progresses
and as inspections by the Bank's lending  officers  warrant.  At March 31, 1999,
the Bank's largest  construction and development loan was a performing loan with
a $1.2 million  outstanding  principal  balance secured by two condominium units
located  in  Boston,   Massachusetts.   At  March  31,  1999,  construction  and
development loans totalled $5.5 million (including  unadvanced loan amounts), or
1.8%, of the Bank's total loans. At March 31, 1999,  $4.8 million,  or 88.9%, of
construction and development  loans had permanent  financing  commitments by the
Bank or  third-parties or were secured by properties which were pre-sold pending
completion of the projects.

     The Bank also originates  construction and development  loans to individual
borrowers  for the  construction  of  single-family  owner-occupied  residential
properties  with  permanent  financing  commitments  by  the  Bank.  The  Bank's
underwriting  standards  and  procedures  for such  loans are  similar  to those
applicable for one- to four-family  residential  mortgage lending.  Proceeds for
such loans are disbursed as phases of the construction  are completed.  All such
loans  are  originated  as one-  to  four-family  interest-only  adjustable-rate
mortgage  loans.  Upon  completion  of the  construction,  such loans convert to
principal and interest over the  remaining  term. At March 31, 1999,  such loans
totalled  $2.6  million,  or 48.1%,  of the $5.5  million  of  construction  and
development loans.

     Construction and development financing is generally considered to involve a
higher   degree  of  credit  risk  than   long-term   financing   on   improved,
owner-occupied  real estate.  Risk of loss on a  construction  loan is dependent
largely upon the  accuracy of the initial  estimate of the  property's  value at
completion  of  construction  or  development  compared  to the  estimated  cost
(including  interest)  of  construction  and other  assumptions,  including  the
estimated time to sell residential  properties.  If the estimate of value proves
to be inaccurate,  the Bank may be confronted  with a property,  when completed,
having a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment.

     Consumer and Other Lending. Total consumer loans at March 31, 1999 amounted
to $8.7 million,  or 2.8%, of the Bank's total loans and consisted  primarily of
equity  lines of credit  and,  to a  significantly  lesser  extent,  secured and
unsecured  personal  loans and new and used  automobile  loans.  Such  loans are
generally originated in the Bank's primary market area and generally are secured
by real estate, deposit accounts, personal property and automobiles. These loans
are typically shorter term and generally have higher interest rates than one- to
four-family mortgage loans.

     The Bank originates equity lines of credit,  substantially all of which are
secured by second  mortgages on  residential  real estate  located in the Bank's
primary market area. At March 31, 1999,  these loans  totalled $5.2 million,  or
1.7%,  of the  Bank's  total  loans.  Equity  lines  of  credit  generally  have
fixed-rates   of   interest   for  the  initial  six  months  of  the  loan  and
adjustable-rates  of interest  thereafter  which adjust on a monthly basis.  The
adjustable-rate  of interest  charged on such loans is indexed to the prime rate
as reported in The Wall Street Journal. Equity lines of credit generally have an
18%  lifetime  cap on  interest  rates and may never  adjust to be less than the
initial  interest  rate.  Generally,  the  combined LTV ratio on equity lines of
credit is 80% where the Bank  possesses the first mortgage lien interest and 75%
when  another  lender  possesses  the first  mortgage  lien  interest.  However,
exceptions may be made for previous customers of the Bank.

     The Bank also  originates  other  types of  consumer  loans  consisting  of
secured and unsecured personal loans and new and used automobile loans.  Secured
personal loans may be secured by deposit accounts or other forms of

                                        8

<PAGE>



collateral.  At March 31,  1999,  personal  loans (both  secured and  unsecured)
totalled $3.5 million, or 1.1%, of the Bank's total loans.

     Loans secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles or that are
unsecured  entail  greater risks than one- to four-family  residential  mortgage
loans.  In such  cases,  repossessed  collateral  for a  defaulted  loan may not
provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding  loan balance,  since
there is a greater likelihood of damage,  loss or depreciation of the underlying
collateral.  Further,  consumer loan collections on these loans are dependent on
the borrower's continuing financial stability and, therefore, are more likely to
be  adversely  affected by job loss,  divorce,  illness or personal  bankruptcy.
Finally,  the application of various federal and state laws,  including  federal
and state  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may limit the amount which can be
recovered on such loans in the event of a default.  At March 31, 1999,  the Bank
had three consumer  loans 90 days or more  delinquent,  whose balances  totalled
$77,000.

     At March 31, 1999, the Bank had two outstanding commercial loans which were
unsecured and whose outstanding principal balances totalled $500,000.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

     The Board of Directors of the Bank  establishes the lending policies of the
Bank.  Such  policies  provide that all loans up to $300,000 are approved by the
Bank's Internal Loan Committee.  The Board of Directors approves all loans prior
to  funding.  In the  event a loan is  above  $300,000,  it is  approved  by the
President or Executive  Vice  President.  Any loans approved by the President or
Executive  Vice  President  are  submitted to the full Board of Directors or the
Bank's Executive Committee for ratification on a monthly basis.

Delinquent Loans, Classified Assets and Real Estate Owned

     Delinquencies  and  Classified  Assets.   Reports  listing  all  delinquent
accounts are  generated  and reviewed by  management  on a monthly basis and the
Board  of  Directors   performs  a  monthly  review  of  all  loans  or  lending
relationships  delinquent 90 days or more and all REO. The  procedures  taken by
the Bank with respect to delinquencies vary depending on the nature of the loan,
period  and  cause  of  delinquency  and  whether  the  borrower  is  habitually
delinquent. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank
takes a number of steps to have the borrower  cure the  delinquency  and restore
the loan to current  status.  The Bank  generally  sends the  borrower a written
notice of  non-payment  after the loan is first past due. The Bank's  guidelines
provide that telephone,  written correspondence and/or face-to-face contact will
be attempted  to  ascertain  the reasons for  delinquency  and the  prospects of
repayment.  When  contact  is made  with  the  borrower  at any  time  prior  to
foreclosure,  the Bank  attempts  to obtain full  payment,  work out a repayment
schedule with the borrower to avoid foreclosure and in rare instances,  accept a
deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  In the event  payment is not then received or the
loan not otherwise  satisfied,  additional letters and telephone calls generally
are made.  If the loan is still not brought  current or satisfied and it becomes
necessary for the Bank to take legal action, which typically occurs after a loan
is 90 days or more delinquent,  the Bank will commence  foreclosure  proceedings
against any real  property  that secures the loan.  If a  foreclosure  action is
instituted  and the loan is not brought  current,  paid in full,  or  refinanced
before the foreclosure sale, the property securing the loan generally is sold at
foreclosure and, if purchased by the Bank, becomes real estate owned.

     Federal regulations and the Bank's Asset Classification Policy require that
the Bank utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting
problem and potential problem assets. The Bank has incorporated the OTS internal
asset  classifications  as a part of its  credit  monitoring  system.  The  Bank
currently  classifies  problem and potential  problem  assets as  "Substandard,"
"Doubtful"  or "Loss"  assets.  An asset is  considered  "substandard"  if it is
inadequately  protected  by the  current  net worth and paying  capacity  of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those
characterized by the "distinct  possibility"  that the insured  institution will
sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as
"Doubtful" have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified "Substandard"
with the added  characteristic  that the weaknesses  present make "collection or
liquidation in full," on the basis of currently  existing facts,  conditions and
values,  "highly  questionable and improbable."  Assets classified as "Loss" are
those considered "uncollectible" and of such little value that their continuance
as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.
Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution

                                        9

<PAGE>



to  sufficient  risk  to  warrant  classification  in one of the  aforementioned
categories  but  possess  weaknesses  are  required  to be  designated  "Special
Mention."

     When an insured  institution  classifies  one or more  assets,  or portions
thereof,  as  Substandard  or  Doubtful,  it is required to  establish a general
valuation  allowance for loan losses in an amount deemed  prudent by management.
General  valuation   allowances   represent  loss  allowances  which  have  been
established to recognize the inherent risk associated  with lending  activities,
but which,  unlike  specific  allowances,  have not been allocated to particular
problem assets.  When an insured  institution  classifies one or more assets, or
portions  thereof,  as "Loss," it is  required  either to  establish  a specific
allowance  for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the asset so  classified or
to charge off such amount.

     A  savings  institution's  determination  as to the  classification  of its
assets and the amount of its  valuation  allowances  is subject to review by the
OTS which can order the  establishment  of  additional  general or specific loss
allowances. The OTS, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, has
adopted an  interagency  policy  statement on the  allowance  for loan and lease
losses.  The policy statement  provides  guidance for financial  institutions on
both the  responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of
adequate  allowances  and  guidance  for  banking  agency  examiners  to  use in
determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines.  Generally, the policy
statement  recommends that  institutions  have effective systems and controls to
identify,  monitor and address  asset  quality  problems;  that  management  has
analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio
in a reasonable manner; and that management has established acceptable allowance
evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement.
Although management  believes that, based on information  currently available to
it at this time,  its allowance  for loan losses is adequate,  actual losses are
dependent  upon future  events and, as such,  further  additions to the level of
allowances for loan losses may become necessary.

     The Bank's  Classification  of Assets Committee  reviews and classifies the
Bank's  assets  on a  quarterly  basis and the Board of  Directors  reviews  the
results of the  reports on a  quarterly  basis.  The Bank  classifies  assets in
accordance with the management  guidelines  described  above. At March 31, 1999,
the Bank had $1.9 million,  or 0.5%, of total assets,  designated as Substandard
consisting  of  thirteen  one-  to  four-family  mortgage  loans,  one  consumer
installment  loan,  one land loan and one  multi-unit  family  mortgage loan. At
March 31, 1999, one  single-family  residential loan was classified as Doubtful,
totalling  $64,000.  Included in total classified assets at March 31, 1999, were
$485,000 of assets  classified as  Substandard,  which represent the outstanding
balance of second  mortgage  loans  purchased  by Union  Federal  and secured by
properties  located  outside the Bank's  primary market area,  predominately  in
California  and other  southwestern  states.  During  early  1997,  such  second
mortgage  loans  experienced  increased  delinquencies  which caused the Bank to
adversely  classify the entire pool of such loans and increase its provision for
loan losses. To the extent delinquencies  continue to increase in such portfolio
of loans, the Bank may establish  additional reserves against such loans through
provisions  for loan  losses or charge off  portions  of such loans  which would
adversely affect the Company's net income.  As of March 31, 1999, the Bank had a
total of four one- to four-family  loans and two  commercial  real estate loans,
totaling $1.3 million,  designated as Special  Mention.  At March 31, 1999,  the
largest loan  designated as Special  Mention had a carrying  balance of $530,000
and was secured by commercial real estate.  At March 31, 1999, all of the Bank's
classified and special mention assets totalled $1.3 million,  representing  0.4%
of loans.


                                       10

<PAGE>



     The  following  table  sets  forth the  delinquencies  in the  Bank's  loan
portfolio as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         At March 31, 1999                             At March 31, 1998
                                          ---------------------------------------------    -----------------------------------------
                                                30-89 Days            90 Days or More          30-89 Days         90 Days or More
                                          ----------------------   --------------------    -------------------   -------------------
                                                      Principal               Principal              Principal            Principal
                                            Number      Balance     Number      Balance     Number     Balance    Number    Balance
                                           of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans   of Loans   of Loans   of Loans
                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                             <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>             <C>    <C>            <C>    <C>
Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family .................         7      $  431           6      $  862           8     $  616          8     $1,258
   Multi-family ........................        --          --           1         280           1        699          1        254
   Commercial real estate ..............         1         275           2         745          --         --          2        739
   Construction and development ........         1          42          --          --          --         --         --         --
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------     ------     ------     ------
      Total mortgage loans .............         9         748           9       1,887           9      1,315         11      2,251
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------     ------     ------     ------
Consumer loans:
   Equity lines ........................         1          36           1          65           1         45         --         --
   Other consumer loans ................         3          65           2          12           5         37          6         28
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------     ------     ------     ------
      Total consumer loans .............         4         101           3          77           6         82          6         28
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------     ------     ------     ------
Total loans ............................        13      $  849          12      $1,964          15     $1,397         17     $2,279
                                            ======      ======      ======      ======      ======     ======     ======     ======
Delinquent loans to loans, net .........                  0.28%                   0.65%                  0.62%                 1.01%
                                                        ======                  ======                 ======                ======
</TABLE>


                                                 At March 31, 1997
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                          30-89 Days            90 Days or More
                                     --------------------    -------------------
                                                Principal              Principal
                                      Number      Balance     Number     Balance
                                     of Loans    of Loans    of Loans   of Loans
                                     --------    --------    --------   --------
                                               (Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family ..........         14      $1,622          12     $1,499
   Multi-family .................         --          --          --         --
   Commercial real estate .......          1         530          --         --
                                      ------      ------      ------     ------
   Construction and development .         --          --          --         --
      Total mortgage loans ......         15       2,152          12      1,499
                                      ------      ------      ------     ------
Consumer loans:
   Equity lines .................         --          --           1         40
   Other consumer loans .........          3          13           2          7
                                      ------      ------      ------     ------
      Total consumer loans ......          3          13           3         47
                                      ------      ------      ------     ------
Total loans .....................         18      $2,165          15     $1,546
                                      ======      ======      ======     ======
Delinquent loans to loans, net ..                   1.04%                  0.75%
                                                  ======                 ======



                                       11

<PAGE>


     Nonperforming  Assets and Impaired  Loans.  The following  table sets forth
information  regarding nonaccrual loans and REO. At March 31, 1999, the Bank had
no REO in its portfolio. It is the policy of the Bank to cease accruing interest
on loans 90 days or more past due and to charge off all  accrued  interest.  For
the fiscal  years ended March 31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the amount of interest
income that was recorded on nonaccrual loans was $213,000, $130,000 and $78,000,
respectively.  For the fiscal  years ended March 31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the
amount  of  additional  interest  income  that  would  have been  recognized  on
nonaccrual loans if such loans had continued to perform in accordance with their
contractual terms was $87,000, $144,000 and $79,000,  respectively.  On April 1,
1995, the Bank adopted SFAS No. 114 "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a
Loan" ("SFAS No. 114"), as amended by SFAS No. 118. There were no loans that met
the  definition  of an  impaired  loan per SFAS No.  114 at or during the fiscal
years  ended  March 31,  1998 and  1997.  As of March 31,  1999  loans  totaling
$280,000  were  considered  to be impaired  with an allowance for credit loss of
$82,000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 At March 31,
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                             1999        1998        1997        1996        1995
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Nonaccrual loans:
   Mortgage loans:
      One- to four-family .............     $  862      $1,258      $1,499      $1,128      $  996
      Multi-family ....................        280         254          --          --          --
      Commercial real estate ..........        745         739          --          --          --
      Construction and development ....         --          --          --          --         158
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
       Total mortgage loans ...........      1,887       2,251       1,499       1,128       1,154
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
   Consumer loans:
      Equity lines ....................         65          --          40          --          --
      Other consumer loans ............         12          28           7          22          18
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
       Total consumer loans ...........         77          28          47          22          18
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
       Total nonaccrual loans .........      1,964       2,279       1,546       1,150       1,172
Real estate owned, net ................         --          --          73          65          70
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
       Total nonperforming assets (2)..     $1,964      $2,279      $1,619      $1,215      $1,242
                                            ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent
   of loans(1) ........................       0.98%       1.10%       0.81%       0.94%       0.98%
Allowance for loans losses as a percent
   of nonperforming loans(2) ..........     154.12      110.27      109.12      154.26      155.72
Nonperforming loans as a percent of
   loans(1)(2) ........................       0.64        1.00        0.74        0.61        0.63
Nonperforming assets as a percent of
   total assets(3) ....................       0.55        0.77        0.69        0.55        0.61
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Loans are presented before allowance for loan losses.

(2)  Nonperforming loans consist of all loans 90 days or more past due and other
     loans which have been identified by the Bank as presenting uncertainty with
     respect to the collectibility of interest or principal.

(3)  Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and REO.



                                       12

<PAGE>



     Allowance for Loan Losses.  The  allowance  for loan losses is  established
through a provision  for loan losses  based on  management's  evaluation  of the
risks inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy.  The allowance for
loan losses is maintained at an amount  management  considers  adequate to cover
estimated  losses on loans  which are deemed  probable  and  estimable  based on
information currently known to management.  The allowance is based upon a number
of factors,  including economic conditions,  actual loss experience and industry
trends. In addition,  various regulatory agencies,  as an integral part of their
examination  process,  periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses.
Such agencies may require the Bank to make  additional  provisions for estimated
loan losses based upon judgments different from those of management. The economy
in the Bank's primary market area suffered  significantly  in the late 1980s and
early 1990s. These adverse economic  conditions  negatively  affected the Bank's
loan  loss  and  delinquency  activities  and  led  to a  deterioration  of  the
collateral  values of the Bank's loans during those years. In more recent years,
the economy and real estate market in and around the greater Boston metropolitan
area has  improved  which has had a positive  impact on the Bank's loan loss and
delinquency activities and the value of properties securing the Bank's loans. As
of March 31, 1999, the Bank's allowance for loan losses was 0.98% of total loans
as compared to 1.10% as of March 31, 1998. The Bank had nonaccrual loans of $2.0
million and $2.3 million at March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998, respectively. The
Bank will  continue  to monitor  and modify its  allowances  for loan  losses as
conditions  dictate.  While  management  believes the Bank's  allowance for loan
losses is  sufficient  to cover  losses  inherent in its loan  portfolio at this
time,  no  assurances  can be given that the Bank's level of allowance  for loan
losses  will be  sufficient  to cover loan  losses  incurred by the Bank or that
future  adjustments  to the  allowance  for loan losses will not be necessary if
economic and other conditions differ  substantially  from the economic and other
conditions  used by  management  to determine the current level of the allowance
for loan losses.

     The following  table sets forth  activity in the Bank's  allowance for loan
losses for the periods as indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             For the Year Ended March 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------
                                                1999        1998        1997        1996        1995
                                               ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at beginning of period ...........     $2,513      $1,687      $1,774      $1,825      $2,480
                                               ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Provision for loan losses ................        617         856         117           1           6
                                               ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Charge-offs:
   Mortgage loans:
      One- to four-family ................        103          49         225          94         241
      Commercial real estate .............         --          --          --          --         296
      Construction and development .......         --          --          --          --         145
   Consumer loans ........................         --          --          --          55           9
                                               ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
         Total charge-offs ...............        103          49         225         149         691
                                               ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Recoveries ...............................         --          19          21          97          30
                                               ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Balance at end of period .................     $3,027      $2,513      $1,687      $1,774      $1,825
                                               ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Ratio of net charge-offs during the
   period to average loans outstanding
   during the period .....................       0.03%       0.01%       0.10%       0.03%       0.36%
                                               ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent
   of loans(1) ...........................       0.98%       1.10%       0.81%       0.94%       0.98%
                                               ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Allowance for loans losses as a percent of
   nonperforming loans(2) ................     154.12%     110.27%     109.12%     154.26%     155.72%
                                               ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Loans are presented before deducting the allowance for loan losses.

(2)  Nonperforming loans consist of all loans 90 days or more past due and other
     loans which have been identified by the Bank as presenting uncertainty with
     respect to the collectibility of interest or principal.



                                       13

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth the Bank's  percentage of allowance for loan
losses to total  allowance  for loan  losses  and the  percent of loans to total
loans in each of the categories listed at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           At March 31,
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1999                               1998                              1997
                                 ------------------------------    -------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                        Percent                            Percent                           Percent
                                                       of Loans                           of Loans                          of Loans
                                           Percent of   in Each              Percent of    in Each             Percent of    in Each
                                           Allowance   Category               Allowance   Category              Allowance   Category
                                            to Total   to Total                to Total    to Total              to Total   to Total
                                  Amount   Allowance    Loans       Amount    Allowance     Loans      Amount   Allowance     Loans
                                  ------   ---------    -----       ------    ---------     -----      ------   ---------     -----
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Mortgage loans:
 Residential, multi-family,
    construction and
    development ...............   $1,221      40.34%     75.09%     $1,131      45.01%      81.35%     $  793      47.00%     85.63%
 Commercial real estate .......    1,314      43.41      21.94         955      38.00       15.39         523      31.00      12.00
                                  ------     ------     ------      ------     ------      ------      ------     ------     ------
       Total ..................    2,535      83.75      97.03       2,086      83.01       96.74       1,316      78.00      97.63
Commercial loans ..............       --         --       0.16          --         --        0.02          --         --       0.02
Consumer loans ................      124       4.10       2.81          50       1.99        3.24          34       2.02       2.35
Unallocated ...................      368      12.15         --         377      15.00          --         337      19.98         --
                                  ------     ------     ------      ------     ------      ------      ------     ------     ------
Total allowance for
     loan losses...............   $3,027     100.00%    100.00%     $2,513     100.00%     100.00%     $1,687     100.00%    100.00%
                                  ======     ======     ======      ======     ======      ======      ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     At March 31,
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996                                     1995
                                      ----------------------------------       ----------------------------------
                                                                Percent                                   Percent
                                                                of Loans                                 of Loans
                                                  Percent of    in Each                    Percent of    in Each
                                                  Allowance     Category                   Allowance     Category
                                                   to Total     to Total                    to Total     to Total
                                      Amount      Allowance      Loans         Amount      Allowance      Loans
                                      ------      ---------     --------       ------      ---------     --------
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Mortgage loans:
   Residential, multi-family,
      construction and
      development .............       $  781        44.03%        88.53%       $1,022        56.00%        89.39%
   Commercial real estate .....          514        28.97         10.05           420        23.01          9.49
                                      ------       ------        ------        ------       ------        ------
         Total ................        1,295        73.00         98.58         1,442        79.01         98.88
Commercial loans ..............           --           --            --            --           --            --
Consumer loans ................           18         1.01          1.42            18         0.99          1.12
Unallocated ...................          461        25.99            --           365        20.00            --
                                      ------       ------        ------        ------       ------        ------
Total allowance for
     loan losses...............       $1,774       100.00%       100.00%       $1,825       100.00%       100.00%
                                      ======       ======        ======        ======       ======        ======
</TABLE>


     Real Estate Owned.  At both March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998, the Bank had
no real  estate-owned.  When the Bank acquires  property through  foreclosure or
deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  it is  initially  recorded  at the  lower  of the
recorded  investment in the corresponding  loan or the fair value of the related
assets at the date of foreclosure, less costs to sell. Thereafter, if there is a
further  deterioration  in value,  the Bank  provides  for a specific  valuation
allowance and charges  operations for the diminution in value.  It is the policy
of the  Bank to have  obtained  an  appraisal  on all  real  estate  subject  to
foreclosure  proceedings  prior to the  time of  foreclosure.  It is the  Bank's
policy to require  appraisals on a periodic  basis on foreclosed  properties and
conduct inspections on foreclosed properties.

Securities Investment Activities

     Federally-chartered  savings  institutions  have the authority to invest in
various types of liquid assets,  including  United States Treasury  obligations,
securities of various federal agencies, certificates of deposit of insured banks
and  savings  institutions,  bankers'  acceptances,  repurchase  agreements  and
federal  funds.  Subject to various  restrictions,  federally-chartered  savings
institutions may also invest their assets in commercial paper,  investment-grade
corporate

                                       14

<PAGE>



debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments  that a
federally-chartered   savings  institution  is  otherwise   authorized  to  make
directly.  Additionally,  the Bank must maintain  minimum  levels of investments
that qualify as liquid assets under OTS regulations.  Historically, the Bank has
maintained  liquid  assets  above the  minimum OTS  requirements  and at a level
considered to be adequate to meet its normal daily activities.

     The  investment  policy of the Bank, as approved by the Board of Directors,
requires management to maintain adequate liquidity and a high quality investment
portfolio.  The Bank primarily utilizes  investments in securities for liquidity
management and as a method of deploying excess funds not utilized for investment
in loans.  Generally,  the Bank's investment policy is more restrictive than the
OTS regulations allow and, accordingly,  the Bank has invested primarily in U.S.
Government and agency  securities,  which qualify as liquid assets under the OTS
regulations,   federal  funds  and  U.S.  Government   sponsored  agency  issued
mortgage-backed  securities.  The Bank is required by SFAS No. 115 to categorize
its securities as held-to-maturity,  available-for-sale  or held for trading. As
of March 31, 1999,  the Bank's  securities  portfolio  consisted  of  investment
securities,    marketable    equity   securities   and    mortgage-backed    and
mortgage-related securities. The held-to-maturity portfolio totaled $956,000, or
0.27% of total assets, and the  available-for-sale  securities portfolio totaled
$24.4 million, or 6.78% of total assets.

     Short term  investments  primarily  consist of  overnight  deposits  at the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and the  Co-operative  Central  Bank  Liquidity
Fund.  The  Liquidity  Fund is a no-load  diversified,  open-ended  money market
investment  fund whose  objective  is maximum  current  income  consistent  with
liquidity and the  preservation of capital.  The Fund is designed solely for use
by  eligible  investors  as an  economical  and  convenient  way to make  liquid
investments.  Fund  shares  are  currently  offered  to the  following  eligible
investors:   Massachusetts  co-operative  banks,  Massachusetts  savings  banks,
Massachusetts trust companies, federally chartered savings banks and savings and
loan associations  with their principal place of business in Massachusetts,  the
Co-operative  Central Bank Reserve Fund, the Savings Bank Life Insurance Company
of Massachusetts and the National Co-operative Bank.

     As of March 31,  1999,  $19.0  million,  or 5.28% of total  assets,  of the
Bank's securities portfolio consisted of investment  securities,  primarily debt
securities issued by the U.S. Government or government  sponsored agencies (such
as the FHLB) and marketable equity  securities,  primarily  consisting of mutual
fund securities,  common stocks,  preferred  stocks,  trust preferred stocks and
corporate  bonds and notes.  The Bank  generally  invests in U.S.  Treasury  and
agency  obligations  with  maturities of 24 to 60 months.  The weighted  average
maturities of the Bank's investment securities  portfolio,  excluding any equity
securities, was 44.8 months as of March 31, 1999.

     At  March  31,  1999,  the Bank had $6.3  million  of  mortgage-backed  and
mortgage-related securities, or 1.8% of total assets, substantially all of which
were backed by  fixed-rate  mortgages  and which  consisted  of  mortgage-backed
securities and collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") insured or issued by
Ginnie Mae  ("GNMA"),  FHLMC,  Fannie Mae ("FNMA") or private  issuers,  such as
Countrywide  Mortgage Corp., GE Capital Mortgage Services,  Inc. and Independent
Mortgage Corp. The Bank generally invests in mortgage-backed or mortgage-related
securities with estimated  maturities of 18 to 36 months. At March 31, 1999, the
weighted average estimated maturity of its mortgage-backed and  mortgage-related
securities   portfolio  was  32  months.   Investments  in  mortgage-backed  and
mortgage-related  securities  involve a risk  that  actual  prepayments  will be
greater than  estimated  prepayments  over the life of the  security,  which may
require  adjustments  to the  amortization  of any premium or  accretion  of any
discount  relating to such  instruments  thereby  changing the net yield on such
securities.  There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from
such securities or in the event such  securities are redeemed by the issuer.  In
addition,  the market  value of such  securities  may be  adversely  affected by
changes in interest rates. While investments in privately issued mortgage-backed
securities generally bear yields higher than mortgage-backed  securities insured
by government  sponsored  agencies,  they involve a greater  degree of risk than
those issued by  government  sponsored  agencies,  as such,  securities  are not
insured or guaranteed by such government sponsored agencies.


                                       15

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized
cost and fair value of the Bank's securities at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          At March 31,
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1999                        1998                        1997
                                          ----------------------      ----------------------      ----------------------
                                          Amortized       Fair        Amortized       Fair        Amortized       Fair
                                            Cost          Value         Cost          Value         Cost          Value
                                          ---------      -------      ---------      -------      ---------      -------
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Held-to-maturity:
   Investment securities ...........       $    --       $    --       $ 2,001       $ 1,999       $10,303       $10,129
   Mortgage-backed and mortgage-
      related securities ...........           956           978         2,271         2,275         3,250         3,177
                                           -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
      Total held-to-maturity .......       $   956       $   978       $ 4,272       $ 4,274       $13,553       $13,306
                                           -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------

Available-for-sale securities:
   Marketable equity securities ....       $ 9,525       $ 9,737       $ 5,391       $ 6,523       $ 2,250       $ 2,903
   Mortgage-backed securities ......         5,371         5,391            --            --            --            --
   Trust preferred equity
      securities....................         2,506         2,521            --            --            --            --
   Corporate bonds and notes .......         1,247         1,234            --            --            --            --
   Preferred stocks ................         1,500         1,460            --            --            --            --
   Government agency securities ....         4,000         4,007            --            --            --            --
                                           -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
         Total available for sale ..       $24,149       $24,350       $ 5,391       $ 6,523       $ 2,250       $ 2,903
                                           -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
         Total securities ..........       $25,105       $25,328       $ 9,663       $10,797       $15,803       $16,209
                                           =======       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>


     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized
cost  and  fair  values  of  the  Bank's  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related
securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             At March 31,
                                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1999                              1998                             1997
                                  ------------------------------   -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                              Percent                          Percent                           Percent
                                  Amortized     of         Fair    Amortized     of          Fair    Amortized      of         Fair
                                    Cost     Total (1)    Value       Cost     Total (1)    Value       Cost     Total (1)    Value
                                  ---------  ---------    ------   ---------   ---------    ------   ---------   ---------    ------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Mortgage-backed and mortgage-
   related securities:
   Fixed rate:
      GNMA ...................     $  314       4.96%     $  328     $  383      16.86%     $  383     $  529      16.28%     $  529
      FHLMC ..................        134       2.12         142        183       8.06         185        239       7.35         239
      CMOs ...................      5,879      92.92       5,899      1,705      75.08       1,707      2,419      74.43       2,345
                                   ------     ------      ------     ------     ------      ------     ------     ------      ------
         Total fixed rate ....      6,327     100.00       6,369      2,271     100.00       2,275      3,187      98.06       3,113
   Adjustable rate:
      FNMA ...................         --         --          --         --         --          --         63       1.94          64
                                   ------     ------      ------     ------     ------      ------     ------     ------      ------
Total mortgage-backed and
   mortgage-related
      securities..............     $6,327     100.00%     $6,369     $2,271     100.00%     $2,275     $3,250     100.00%     $3,177
                                   ======     ======      ======     ======     ======      ======     ======     ======      ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Based on amortized cost.



                                       16

<PAGE>



     The   following   table   sets  forth  the   Bank's   mortgage-backed   and
mortgage-related securities activities for the periods indicated.


                                                For the Year Ended March 31,
                                            -----------------------------------
                                             1999          1998          1997
                                            -------       -------       -------
                                                       (In thousands)

Beginning balance ....................      $ 2,271       $ 3,250       $ 3,877
   Principal repayments ..............       (2,010)         (973)         (631)
   Purchases .........................        6,074            --            --
   Accretion of discount and
      amortization of (premium) ......           (8)           (6)            4
                                            -------       -------       -------
Ending balance .......................      $ 6,327       $ 2,271       $ 3,250
                                            =======       =======       =======

     The table below sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the  amortized
cost,  weighted  average  yields and  contractual  maturities of the Bank's debt
securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         At March 31, 1999
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    More than One Year  More than Five Years
                               One Year or Less       to Five Years         to Ten Years     More than Ten Years        Total
                              -------------------  -------------------   ------------------- -------------------  ------------------
                                         Weighted             Weighted              Weighted            Weighted            Weighted
                              Amortized   Average  Amortized   Average   Amortized   Average  Amortized  Average  Amortized  Average
                                Cost      Yield      Cost       Yield      Cost       Yield     Cost     Yield      Cost     Yield
                              ---------   -------  ---------  --------   ---------  --------  --------- -------   --------- --------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                            <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>      <C>
Debt securities:
 Investment securities(1)..   $   753     6.85%    $ 4,000     6.00%     $    --      --%    $   494     5.63%    $ 5,247    6.09%
 Fixed-rate:
    GNMA ..................        --       --          --       --          314     8.00         --       --         314    8.00
    FHLMC .................        --       --          --       --          134     8.57         --       --         134    8.57
    CMOs ..................        --       --          --       --        5,371     6.50        508     7.00       5,879    6.54
                              -------              -------               -------             -------              -------
Total debt securities .....   $   753     6.85%    $ 4,000     6.00%     $ 5,819     6.63%   $ 1,002     6.32%    $11,574
                              =======              =======               =======             =======              =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Consists of government agency obligations, and corporate bonds and notes.


Sources of Funds

     General. Deposits, loan repayments and prepayments,  proceeds from sales of
loans,  cash flows  generated from  operations and FHLB advances are the primary
sources of the Bank's funds for use in lending,  investing and for other general
purposes.

     Deposits.  The Bank  offers a variety of deposit  accounts  with a range of
interest  rates and terms.  The Bank's  deposits  consist of business  checking,
money market,  savings, NOW and certificate  accounts.  For the year ended March
31,  1999,  the  average  balance of core  deposits  represented  46.4% of total
average  deposits.  The flow of deposits is influenced  significantly by general
economic  conditions,  changes in money market rates,  prevailing interest rates
and competition.  The Bank's deposits are obtained  predominantly from the areas
surrounding its branch offices.  The Bank has  historically  relied primarily on
providing a higher  level of customer  service and  long-standing  relationships
with customers to attract and retain these  deposits;  however,  market interest
rates and rates offered by competing financial institutions significantly affect
the Bank's  ability to attract and retain  deposits.  The Bank uses  traditional
means of advertising its deposit products,  including print media, and generally
does not solicit  deposits from outside its market area. While the Bank does not
actively  solicit  certificate  accounts in excess of $100,000 or use brokers to
obtain  deposits,  the  Bank  may  solicit,  from  time-to-time,  such  deposits
depending upon market  conditions.  The Bank offers  negotiated rates on some of
its certificate  accounts. At March 31, 1999, $109.6 million, or 50.6%, of total
deposits were certificate accounts with a weighted average remaining maturity of
11.1  months.  The  increase in  certificate  accounts  was due to offering  new
competitively  priced certificate account products which, in part, resulted in a
decrease in the average  cost of  certificates  of deposit from 5.65% for fiscal
1998 to 5.43% for fiscal 1999.  For the year ended March 31,  1999,  certificate
accounts in excess of $100,000 increased $436,000,  or 2.93%, from $14.9 million
to

                                       17

<PAGE>



$15.3 million. Further increases in certificate accounts, which tend to be more
sensitive to movements in market interest rates than core deposits, may result
in the Bank's deposit base being less stable than if it had a larger amount of
core deposits which, in turn, may result in further increases in the Bank's cost
of deposits and may adversely affect net interest income in future periods.

     The  following  table  presents  the  deposit  activity of the Bank for the
periods indicated:


                                                   For the Year Ended March 31,
                                                --------------------------------
                                                 1999         1998        1997
                                                -------      -------     -------
                                                          (In thousands)

Net deposits ..............................     $  (207)     $ 1,727     $   854
Interest credited on deposit accounts .....       8,824        8,994       8,272
                                                -------      -------     -------
Total increase in deposit accounts ........     $ 8,617      $10,721     $ 9,126
                                                =======      =======     =======


     At March 31, 1999,  the Bank had $15.3 million in  certificate  accounts in
amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:


                                                                      Weighted
                                                                      Average
Maturity Period                                       Amount            Rate
- ---------------                                       ------            ----
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

3 months or less ...........................         $ 5,845            5.19%
Over 3 through 6 months ....................           3,824            5.26
Over 6 through 12 months ...................           2,189            5.08
Over 12 months .............................           3,454            5.93
                                                     -------            ----
      Total ................................         $15,312            5.36%
                                                     =======            ====

     The  following  table sets  forth the  distribution  of the Bank's  average
deposit  accounts for the periods  indicated and the weighted  average  interest
rates on each category of deposits presented. Averages for the periods presented
utilize month-end balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       For the Year Ended March 31,
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1999                             1998                            1997
                                   -------------------------------   -------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                               Percent                           Percent                        Percent
                                               of Total   Weighted               of Total   Weighted            of Total    Weighted
                                   Average     Average     Average   Average     Average    Average   Average    Average    Average
                                   Balance     Deposits     Rate     Balance     Deposits     Rate    Balance   Deposits      Rate
                                   -------     --------   --------   -------     --------   --------  -------   --------    --------
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                               <C>            <C>         <C>    <C>            <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>
Demand deposits .............     $    658         0.32%       --%  $    257         0.13%      --%   $    132      0.07%        --%
Money market accounts .......       46,489        22.51      4.08     43,019        21.32     3.91      34,839      18.37      4.12
Regular savings accounts ....       27,250        13.20      2.24     29,167        14.46     2.83      30,863      16.27      2.14
NOW accounts ................       21,872        10.59      1.51     21,494        10.65     1.81      20,835      10.99      1.85
                                  --------     --------             --------     --------             --------   -------
      Total .................       96,269        46.62      2.95     93,937        46.56     3.08      86,669      45.70      2.86
                                  --------     --------             --------     --------             --------   -------
Certificate accounts (1)(2):
   Less than 6 months .......        5,363         2.60      4.91      4,981         2.47     5.32      24,744      13.05      5.13
   Over 6 through 12 months .       71,216        34.48      5.32     69,005        34.20     5.54      48,117      25.37      5.54
   Over 12 through
      36 months .............       26,045        12.61      5.70     21,715        10.76     5.75      25,360      13.36      5.95
   Over 36 months ...........        7,622         3.69      6.57     12,119         6.01     6.52       4,774       2.52      6.85
                                  --------     --------             --------     --------             --------   -------
   Total certificate
      accounts...............      110,246        53.38      5.43    107,820        53.44     5.65     102,995      54.30      5.62
                                  --------     --------             --------     --------             --------   -------
   Total average deposits ...     $206,515       100.00%     4.27   $201,757       100.00%    4.46    $189,664     100.00%     4.36
                                  ========     ========             ========     ========             ========   =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Based on remaining maturity of certificates.

(2)  Includes retirement accounts such as IRA and Keogh accounts.

                                       18

<PAGE>



     The  following  table  presents by various rate  categories,  the amount of
certificate  accounts  outstanding  at the dates  indicated  and the  periods to
maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at March 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Period to Maturity from March 31, 1999
                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Less        One         Two        Three        Four         More
                          than        to          to           to          to          than                   At March 31,
                           One        Two        Three        Four        Five         Five       ----------------------------------
                          Year       Years       Years       Years        Years        Years        1999         1998         1997
                        --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Certificate accounts:
   0 to 4.00% .......   $    230    $    100    $     --    $     --     $     --    $     --     $    330     $    326     $    197
   4.01% to 5.00% ...     24,704       7,275         197          50           --          --       32,226          363        1,912
   5.01% to 6.00% ...     52,092       9,487       4,138         143          695         272       66,827       95,096       93,782
   6.01% to 7.00% ...      3,650         631       1,130       1,330          800          --        7,541       10,737        6,520
   7.01% to 8.00% ...        289       2,264          --          52           81          --        2,686        3,127        3,611
   8.01% to 9.00% ...         --          --          --          --           --          --           --            1            1
                        --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------     --------     --------     --------
      Total .........   $ 80,965    $ 19,757    $  5,465    $  1,575     $  1,576    $    272     $109,610     $109,650     $106,023
                        ========    ========    ========    ========     ========    ========     ========     ========     ========

</TABLE>

     Borrowings.  As part of its operating strategy,  the Bank utilizes advances
from the FHLB as an alternative to retail deposits to fund its  operations.  The
Bank has increased its emphasis on the  utilization  of FHLB  borrowings to fund
its asset growth.  By utilizing  FHLB  advances,  which possess  varying  stated
maturities,  the Bank  can meet its  liquidity  needs  without  otherwise  being
dependent upon retail  deposits and revising its deposit rates to attract retail
deposits,  which have no stated maturities (except for certificates of deposit),
which are interest rate  sensitive and which are subject to withdrawal  from the
Bank at any time. These FHLB advances are  collateralized  primarily by mortgage
loans and  mortgage-backed  securities  held by the Bank and  secondarily by the
Bank's  investment in capital stock of the FHLB. FHLB advances are made pursuant
to several  different credit  programs,  each of which has its own interest rate
and range of maturities. The maximum amount that the FHLB will advance to member
institutions,  including the Bank,  fluctuates  from  time-to-time in accordance
with the policies of the FHLB. At March 31, 1999,  the Bank had $76.8 million in
outstanding  advances  from the FHLB and $3.2  million  in other  borrowings  as
compared to $20.0 million and $2.2 million at March 31, 1998, respectively.

     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Bank's
borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        At or For the Year Ended March 31,
                                                        ---------------------------------
                                                         1999         1998          1997
                                                        -------      -------      -------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
FHLB advances:
   Average balance outstanding ....................     $39,404      $21,102      $16,813
   Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
      during the period ...........................      76,751       25,000       25,500
   Balance outstanding at end of period ...........      76,751       20,000       14,500
   Weighted average interest rate during
      the period...................................        4.84%        5.72%        5.63%
   Weighted average interest rate at end
      of period....................................        4.82%        5.13%        5.46%
Other borrowed funds (1):
   Average balance outstanding ....................     $ 2,787      $ 2,053      $   926
   Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
      during the period ...........................       4,640        3,144        2,214
   Balance outstanding at end of period ...........       3,240        2,176        1,065
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Represents noninterest-bearing credit balance on the FHLB-Boston account.

                                       19

<PAGE>



                           REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

     As a savings and loan holding  company,  the Company is required by federal
law to file reports with, and otherwise  comply with, the rules and  regulations
of the  OTS.  The Bank is  subject  to  extensive  regulation,  examination  and
supervision by the OTS, as its primary federal  regulator,  and the FDIC, as the
deposit  insurer.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and
its  deposit  accounts  are  insured  up to  applicable  limits  by the  Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF")  managed by the FDIC.  The Bank must file
reports  with the OTS and the  FDIC  concerning  its  activities  and  financial
condition in addition to obtaining  regulatory  approvals prior to entering into
certain  transactions  such as mergers with, or  acquisitions  of, other savings
institutions.  The OTS and/or the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to test the
Bank's safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements.
This  regulation  and  supervision  establishes  a  comprehensive  framework  of
activities in which an institution can engage and is intended  primarily for the
protection of the insurance fund and depositors.  The regulatory  structure also
gives the regulatory  authorities  extensive discretion in connection with their
supervisory  and  enforcement  activities and  examination  policies,  including
policies with respect to the  classification  of assets and the establishment of
adequate  loan  loss  reserves  for  regulatory  purposes.  Any  change  in such
regulatory  requirements  and  policies,  whether  by the  OTS,  the FDIC or the
Congress,  could have a material  adverse  impact on the  Company,  the Bank and
their operations.  Certain of the regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank
and to the Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein. The description of
statutory  provisions and  regulations  applicable to savings  institutions  and
their  holding  companies set forth in this Form 10-KSB does not purport to be a
complete  description of such statutes and  regulations and their effects on the
Bank and the Company.

Holding Company Regulation

     The Company is a  nondiversified  unitary  savings and loan holding company
within  the  meaning of  federal  law.  As a unitary  savings  and loan  holding
company,  the Company  generally is not restricted under existing laws as to the
types of  business  activities  in which it may engage,  provided  that the Bank
continues to be a qualified  thrift  lender.  See "Federal  Savings  Institution
Regulation - QTL Test." Upon any  non-supervisory  acquisition by the Company of
another  savings  institution  or savings bank that meets the  qualified  thrift
lender test and is deemed to be a savings  institution  by the OTS,  the Company
would  become a multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company  (if the  acquired
institution is held as a separate  subsidiary) and would generally be limited to
activities  permissible for bank holding  companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the
Bank Holding Company Act,  subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and certain
activities authorized by OTS regulation.

     A  savings  and loan  holding  company  is  prohibited  from,  directly  or
indirectly,  acquiring  more  than 5% of the  voting  stock of  another  savings
institution or savings and loan holding company,  without prior written approval
of the OTS and from acquiring or retaining  control of a depository  institution
that is not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies
to acquire savings institutions,  the OTS considers the financial and managerial
resources  and future  prospects of the company and  institution  involved,  the
effect  of the  acquisition  on the risk to the  deposit  insurance  funds,  the
convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

     The OTS may not approve  any  acquisition  that would  result in a multiple
savings and loan holding company controlling  savings  institutions in more than
one state, subject to two exceptions: (i) the approval of interstate supervisory
acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and (ii) the acquisition of a
savings  institution  in  another  state if the laws of the state of the  target
savings institution  specifically  permit such acquisitions.  The states vary in
the extent to which they  permit  interstate  savings and loan  holding  company
acquisitions.

     Although  savings and loan  holding  companies  are not subject to specific
capital  requirements  or specific  restrictions  on the payment of dividends or
other capital distributions,  federal regulations do prescribe such restrictions
on subsidiary savings  institutions as described below. The Bank must notify the
OTS 30 days before  declaring  any  dividend to the Company.  In  addition,  the
financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter

                                       20

<PAGE>



that is evaluated by the OTS and the agency has authority to order cessation of
activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety
and soundness of the institution.

Federal Savings Institution Regulation

     Business  Activities.  The activities of federal savings  institutions  are
governed by federal law and  regulations.  These laws and regulations  delineate
the  nature and  extent of the  activities  in which  federal  associations  may
engage. In particular,  many types of lending authority for federal association,
e.g.,  commercial,  non-residential  real property loans and consumer loans, are
limited to a specified percentage of the institution's capital or assets.

     Capital  Requirements.  Previously,  the OTS capital  regulations  required
savings  institutions to meet three minimum capital  standards:  a 1.5% tangible
capital ratio, a 3% leverage ratio and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. Effective
April 1, 1999, the leverage  requirement  was changed to 4% (3% of  institutions
receiving the highest  rating on the CAMELS  financial  institution  examination
rating system).  In addition,  the prompt corrective action standards  discussed
below also establish,  in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital  standard,  a 4%
leverage ratio (3% for  institutions  receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS
financial  institution rating system), and, together with the risk-based capital
standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based  capital  standard.  The OTS regulations
also require  that,  in meeting the tangible,  leverage and  risk-based  capital
standards,  institutions  must  generally  deduct  investments  in and  loans to
subsidiaries  engaged in activities as principal that are not  permissible for a
national bank.

     The  risk-based  capital  standard  for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital
and  supplementary  capital)  to  risk-weighted  assets  of at  least 4% and 8%,
respectively.  In determining the amount of  risk-weighted  assets,  all assets,
including  certain  off-balance  sheet assets,  are  multiplied by a risk-weight
factor of 0% to 100%,  assigned by the OTS capital regulation based on the risks
believed  inherent  in the type of asset.  Core  (Tier 1)  capital is defined as
common stockholders' equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative
perpetual preferred stock and related surplus,  and minority interests in equity
accounts  of  consolidated  subsidiaries  less  intangibles  other than  certain
mortgage  servicing  rights and credit card  relationships.  The  components  of
supplementary  capital currently include cumulative  preferred stock,  long-term
perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible  securities,  subordinated debt
and  intermediate  preferred  stock,  the  allowance  for loan and lease  losses
limited  to a  maximum  of  1.25%  of  risk-weighted  assets  and  up to  45% of
unrealized   gains  on   available-for-sale   equity   securities  with  readily
determinable fair values.  Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included
as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.

     The capital  regulations  also incorporate an interest rate risk component.
Savings institutions with "above normal" interest rate risk exposure are subject
to a deduction from total capital for purposes of calculating  their  risk-based
capital requirements.  For the present time, the OTS has deferred implementation
of the interest rate risk component. At March 31, 1999, the Bank met each of its
capital requirements.

     The following table presents the Bank's capital position at March 31, 1999.


                                                                   Capital
                                                              ------------------
                            Actual     Required     Excess     Actual   Required
                           Capital     Capital      Amount    Percent    Percent
                           -------     -------      ------    ------------------
                                            (Dollars in thousands)

Tangible ..............    $40,677     $ 5,231     $35,446     11.66%      1.50%
Core (Leverage) .......    $40,677     $13,949     $26,728     11.66%      4.00%
Risk-based ............    $44,017     $17,616     $26,401     19.99%      8.00%



                                       21

<PAGE>


     Prompt Corrective  Regulatory  Action.  The OTS is required to take certain
supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which
depends  upon the  institution's  degree of  undercapitalization.  Generally,  a
savings institution that has a ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets of
less than 8%, a ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to  risk-weighted  assets of less
than 4% or a ratio of core  capital to total  assets of less than 4% (3% or less
for  institutions  with the  highest  examination  rating) is  considered  to be
"undercapitalized."  A savings  institution that has a total risk-based  capital
ratio less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital  ratio of less than 3% or a leverage  ratio
that is less than 3% is considered to be "significantly  undercapitalized" and a
savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less
than 2% is  deemed  to be  "critically  undercapitalized."  Subject  to a narrow
exception,  the OTS is  required  to appoint a receiver  or  conservator  for an
institution that is "critically  undercapitalized." The regulation also provides
that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the
date a  savings  institution  receives  notice  that  it is  "undercapitalized,"
"significantly  undercapitalized" or "critically  undercapitalized."  Compliance
with the plan must be guaranteed  by any parent  holding  company.  In addition,
numerous  mandatory  supervisory  actions  become  immediately  applicable to an
undercapitalized   institution,   including,   but  not  limited  to,  increased
monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth,  capital  distributions and
expansion.  The OTS  could  also  take  any  one of a  number  of  discretionary
supervisory  actions,  including  the  issuance of a capital  directive  and the
replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

     Insurance of Deposit  Accounts.  Deposits of the Bank are presently insured
by the  SAIF.  The  FDIC  maintains  a  risk-based  assessment  system  by which
institutions   are  assigned  to  one  of  three   categories   based  on  their
capitalization and one of three  subcategories  based on examination ratings and
other supervisory information. An institution's assessment rate depends upon the
categories  to  which  it  is  assigned.   Assessment   rates  for  SAIF  member
institutions  are determined  semiannually  by the FDIC and currently range from
zero basis  points for the  healthiest  institutions  to 27 basis points for the
riskiest.

     In  addition to the  assessment  for deposit  insurance,  institutions  are
required  to make  payments on bonds  issued in the late 1980s by the  Financing
Corporation  ("FICO") to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF.  During 1998,
FICO  payments  for SAIF  members  approximated  6.10 basis  points,  while Bank
Insurance  Fund ("BIF")  members paid 1.22 basis points.  By law,  there will be
equal  sharing of FICO  payments  between SAIF and BIF members on the earlier of
January 1, 2000, or the date the SAIF and BIF are merged.

     The Bank's  assessment  rate for fiscal 1999 ranged from 5.82 to 6.22 basis
points and the  premium  paid for this  period was  $128,000,  which  represents
payment toward the FICO bonds. The FDIC has the authority to increase  insurance
assessments. A significant increase in SAIF Insurance premiums would likely have
an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of the operations of the
Bank.  Management cannot predict what insurance  assessment rates will be in the
future.

     Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the
institution  has  engaged  in unsafe or  unsound  practices,  is in an unsafe or
unsound  condition to continue  operations or has violated any  applicable  law,
regulation,  rule,  order or  condition  imposed  by the  FDIC or the  OTS.  The
management  of the Bank does not know of any  practice,  condition  or violation
that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

     Thrift Rechartering Legislation.  Legislation enacted in 1996 provided that
the BIF and SAIF were to have  merged on January 1, 1999,  if there were no more
savings associations as of that date. Various proposals to eliminate the federal
savings association charter,  create a uniform financial  institutions  charter,
abolish the OTS and restrict  savings and loan holding  company  activities have
been  introduced  in  Congress.  The Bank is  unable  to  predict  whether  such
legislation  will be  enacted  or the  extent  to which  the  legislation  would
restrict or disrupt its operations.

     Loans to One Borrower.  Federal law provides that savings  institutions are
generally subject to the limits on loans to one borrower  applicable to national
banks. A savings institution may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or
related  group of  borrowers  in excess  of 15% of its  unimpaired  capital  and
surplus.  An additional  amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired  capital
and surplus, if secured by specified readily-marketable collateral. At March 31,
1999, the Bank's limit on loans to one borrower was $6.6 million, and the Bank's
largest aggregate outstanding balance of loans to one borrower was $6.1 million.

                                       22

<PAGE>



     QTL Test. The HOLA requires savings institutions to meet a qualified thrift
lender test. Under the test, a savings association is required to either qualify
as a "domestic building and loan association" under the Internal Revenue Code or
maintain  at  least  65% of its  "portfolio  assets"  (total  assets  less:  (i)
specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets;  (ii) intangibles,  including
goodwill;  and (iii) the value of property used to conduct  business) in certain
"qualified  thrift  investments"  (primarily  residential  mortgages and related
investments,  including certain mortgage-backed securities) in at least 9 months
out of each 12 month period.

     A savings  institution  that  fails the  qualified  thrift  lender  test is
subject to certain  operating  restrictions  and may be required to convert to a
bank charter.  As of March 31, 1999,  the Bank  maintained  75% of its portfolio
assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore,  met the qualified thrift
lender test.  Recent  legislation  has  expanded  the extent to which  education
loans,  credit card loans and small business loans may be considered  "qualified
thrift investments."

     Limitation on Capital  Distributions.  OTS regulations  impose  limitations
upon  all  capital  distributions  by  a  savings  institution,  including  cash
dividends,  payments to repurchase  its shares and payments to  shareholders  of
another institution in a cash-out merger. The rule effective in 1998 established
three tiers of institutions  based primarily on an institution's  capital level.
An  institution  that  exceeded  all  capital  requirements  before  and after a
proposed  capital  distribution  ("Tier 1 Bank") and had not been advised by the
OTS that it was in need of more than  normal  supervision,  could,  after  prior
notice but without  obtaining  approval of the OTS,  make capital  distributions
during the calendar year equal to the greater of (i) 100% of its net earnings to
date during the calendar  year plus the amount that would  reduce,  by one-half,
the  excess  capital  over its  capital  requirements  at the  beginning  of the
calendar year or (ii) 75% of its net income for the previous four quarters.  Any
additional capital distributions required prior regulatory approval. At December
31, 1998, the Bank was a Tier 1 Bank. Effective April 1, 1999, the OTS's capital
distribution regulation will change. Under the new regulation, an application to
and  the  prior  approval  of the OTS  will be  required  prior  to any  capital
distribution  if the  institution  does  not meet the  criteria  for  "expedited
treatment" of applications under OTS regulations (i.e.,  generally,  examination
ratings in the two top  categories),  the total  capital  distributions  for the
calendar  year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of  retained  net
income for the preceding two years,  the institution  would be  undercapitalized
following the distribution or the distribution  would otherwise be contrary to a
statute,  regulation  or  agreement  with  the  OTS.  If an  application  is not
required,  the  institution  must still  provide  prior notice to the OTS of the
capital distribution.  In the event the Bank's capital fell below its regulatory
requirements  or the OTS  notified  it that it was in need of more  than  normal
supervision,   the  Bank's  ability  to  make  capital  distributions  could  be
restricted.  In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution
by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the
OTS  determines  that such  distribution  would  constitute an unsafe or unsound
practice.

     Liquidity.  The Bank is required to  maintain an average  daily  balance of
specified  liquid assets equal to a monthly average of not less than a specified
percentage of its net withdrawable deposit accounts plus short-term  borrowings.
This liquidity requirement is currently 4%, but may be changed from time to time
by the OTS to any amount within the range of 4% to 10%.  Monetary  penalties may
be  imposed  for  failure  to meet  these  liquidity  requirements.  The  Bank's
liquidity  ratio for March 31, 1999 was 6.80%,  which  exceeded  the  applicable
requirements.  The Bank has never been subject to monetary penalties for failure
to meet its liquidity requirements.

     Assessments.  Savings  institutions  are required to pay assessments to the
OTS to  fund  the  agency's  operations.  The  general  assessments,  paid  on a
semi-annual  basis,  are computed upon the savings  institution's  total assets,
including consolidated subsidiaries,  as reported in the Bank's latest quarterly
thrift  financial  report.  The assessments paid by the Bank for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1999 totaled $72,000.

     Transactions  with  Related  Parties.  The  Bank's  authority  to engage in
transactions  with  "affiliates"  (e.g.,  any company that  controls or is under
common control with an  institution,  including the Company and its  non-savings
institution  subsidiaries)  is limited by federal law. The  aggregate  amount of
covered  transactions  with any  individual  affiliate  is limited to 10% of the
capital and surplus of the savings institution.  The aggregate amount of covered
transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the savings  institution's
capital and surplus.  Certain  transactions  with  affiliates are required to be
secured by collateral  in an amount and of a type  described in federal law. The
purchase of low quality  assets from  affiliates  is generally  prohibited.  The
transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under

                                       23

<PAGE>



circumstances,  that are at  least  as  favorable  to the  institution  as those
prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable   transactions  with   non-affiliated
companies. In addition,  savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any
affiliate  that is  engaged  in  activities  that are not  permissible  for bank
holding companies and no savings  institution may purchase the securities of any
affiliate other than a subsidiary.

     The Bank's authority to extend credit to executive officers,  directors and
10% shareholders ("insiders"), as well as entities such persons control, is also
governed  by  federal  law.  Such  loans  are  required  to  be  made  on  terms
substantially  the same as those  offered to  unaffiliated  individuals  and not
involve more than the normal risk of repayment.  Recent  legislation  created an
exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or  compensation  program that is
widely  available  to all  employees  of  the  institution  and  does  not  give
preference to insiders over other employees.  The law limits both the individual
and aggregate  amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders  based, in part, on
the Bank's capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be
followed.

     Enforcement.  The OTS has primary  enforcement  responsibility over savings
institutions  and has the authority to bring actions against the institution and
all institution-affiliated  parties, including stockholders,  and any attorneys,
appraisers and accountants  who knowingly or recklessly  participate in wrongful
action  likely to have an  adverse  effect  on an  insured  institution.  Formal
enforcement  action may range from the issuance of a capital  directive or cease
and desist  order to removal of officers  and/or  directors  to  institution  of
receivership,   conservatorship  or  termination  of  deposit  insurance.  Civil
penalties cover a wide range of violations and can amount to $25,000 per day, or
even  $1  million  per day in  especially  egregious  cases.  The  FDIC  has the
authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement  action to be
taken with respect to a particular savings  institution.  If action is not taken
by the  Director,  the FDIC has  authority  to take such  action  under  certain
circumstances.  Federal  law also  establishes  criminal  penalties  for certain
violations.

     Standards  for Safety and  Soundness.  The federal  banking  agencies  have
adopted Interagency  Guidelines  prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness.
The  guidelines  set forth the safety and soundness  standards  that the federal
banking  agencies  use to identify  and address  problems at insured  depository
institutions  before capital  becomes  impaired.  If the OTS  determines  that a
savings institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the
OTS may  require  the  institution  to  submit  an  acceptable  plan to  achieve
compliance with the standard.

Federal Reserve System

     The Federal  Reserve Board  regulations  require  savings  institutions  to
maintain   noninterest-earning   reserves  against  their  transaction  accounts
(primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally provide
that reserves be maintained against aggregate  transaction  accounts as follows:
for accounts  aggregating  $46.5  million or less  (subject to adjustment by the
Federal  Reserve  Board)  the  reserve  requirement  is  3%;  and  for  accounts
aggregating  greater  than $46.5  million,  the  reserve  requirement  is $1.395
million plus 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve Board between 8%
and 14%) against that portion of total  transaction  accounts in excess of $46.5
million.  The first $4.9 million of otherwise  reservable  balances  (subject to
adjustments  by the  Federal  Reserve  Board)  are  exempted  from  the  reserve
requirements. The Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.


                                       24

<PAGE>



                           FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

Federal Taxation

     General.  The Company and the Bank report  their  income on a fiscal  year,
consolidated  basis and the  accrual  method of  accounting,  and are subject to
federal  income  taxation  in the same  manner as other  corporations  with some
exceptions,  including  particularly  the Bank's reserve for bad debts discussed
below. The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and
does not purport to be a comprehensive  description of the tax rules  applicable
to the Bank or the  Company.  The Bank  has not been  audited  by the IRS or the
Massachusetts Department of Revenue for six years, since 1992, which covered the
tax years 1992 and previous. For its 1999 taxable year, the Bank is subject to a
maximum federal income tax rate of 34%.

     Bad Debt Reserves.  For fiscal years  beginning prior to December 31, 1995,
thrift  institutions which qualified under certain  definitional tests and other
conditions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") were  permitted to
use certain  favorable  provisions to calculate  their  deductions  from taxable
income  for  annual  additions  to their bad debt  reserve.  A reserve  could be
established for bad debts on qualifying real property loans  (generally  secured
by  interests  in  real  property  improved  or to be  improved)  under  (i) the
Percentage of Taxable  Income  Method (the "PTI Method") or (ii) the  Experience
Method.  The reserve for  nonqualifying  loans was computed using the Experience
Method.

     The Small Business Job  Protection Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act"),  which was
enacted on August 20, 1996,  repeals the reserve  method of  accounting  for bad
debts for tax years  beginning after 1995 and requires  savings  institutions to
recapture  (i.e.,  take into income) certain  portions of their  accumulated bad
debt  reserves.  Thrift  institutions  eligible  to be treated as "small  banks"
(assets  of $500  million  or less) are  allowed  to use the  Experience  Method
applicable to such institutions,  while thrift  institutions that are treated as
large  banks  (assets  exceeding  $500  million)  are  required  to use only the
specific charge-off method.  Thus, the PTI Method of accounting for bad debts is
no longer available for any financial institution.

     A thrift  institution  required to change its method of computing  reserves
for bad debts  will  treat  such  change  as a change  in method of  accounting,
initiated by the taxpayer, and having been made with the consent of the IRS. Any
Section 481(a) adjustment  required to be taken into income with respect to such
change  generally  will be taken into income  ratably  over a  six-taxable  year
period, beginning with the first taxable year beginning after 1995, subject to a
2-year suspension if the "residential loan requirement" is satisfied.

     Under the residential loan requirement provision, the recapture required by
the  1996 Act  will be  suspended  for  each of two  successive  taxable  years,
beginning  with the Bank's 1996  taxable  year,  in which the Bank  originates a
minimum of certain  residential  loans based upon the  average of the  principal
amounts of such loans made by the Bank  during its six taxable  years  preceding
its current taxable year.

     The Bank is required to recapture (i.e.,  take into income) over a six year
period the excess of the balance of its tax bad debt reserves as of December 31,
1995 other than its  supplemental  reserve for losses on loans,  if any over the
balance of such  reserves as of December 31, 1987 (or a lesser  amount since the
Bank's loan portfolio  decreased  since December 31, 1987).  As a result of such
recapture,  the Bank will incur an  additional  tax  liability of  approximately
$89,000  which is generally  expected to be taken into income  beginning in 1998
over a six year period.

     Distributions.  Under  the  1996  Act,  if  the  Bank  makes  "non-dividend
distributions"  to the Company,  such  distributions  will be considered to have
been made from the Bank's  unrecaptured  tax bad debt  reserves  (including  the
balance of its reserves as of December 31, 1987) to the extent thereof, and then
from the Bank's supplemental reserve for losses on loans, to the extent thereof,
and an amount based on the amount  distributed  (but not in excess of the amount
of  such  reserves)  will  be  included  in  the  Bank's  income.   Non-dividend
distributions  include  distributions  in  excess  of  the  Bank's  current  and
accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes,
distributions in redemption of stock,  and  distributions in partial or complete
liquidation.  Dividends paid out of the Bank's  current or accumulated  earnings
and profits will not be so included in the Bank's income.

                                       25

<PAGE>



     The amount of additional  taxable income  triggered by a non-dividend is an
amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to the income, is equal to the
amount of the distribution.  Thus, if the Bank makes a non-dividend distribution
to the  Company,  approximately  one  and  one-half  times  the  amount  of such
distribution  (but  not in  excess  of the  amount  of such  reserves)  would be
includable  in income for federal  income tax  purposes,  assuming a 35% federal
corporate  income tax rate. The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would
result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserves.

     SAIF Recapitalization  Assessment.  The Funds Act levied a 65.7-cent fee on
every $100 of thrift  deposits held on March 31, 1995.  For financial  statement
purposes,  this  assessment  was  reported as an expense  for the quarter  ended
September  30, 1996.  The Funds Act  includes a provision  which states that the
amount of any special  assessment paid to capitalize SAIF under this legislation
is deductible under Section 162 of the Code in the year of payment.

State and Local Taxation

     Commonwealth of Massachusetts  Taxation.  On July 27, 1995, the Governor of
Massachusetts  approved  legislation  to  reduce  the  tax  rate  applicable  to
financial institutions, including savings banks, from 12.54% on their net income
to 10.50% on their net income apportioned to Massachusetts.  The reduced rate is
to be  phased-in  over a five year period  whereby the rate was 11.71% for 1996,
11.32% for 1997,  10.91% for 1998,  and will be 10.50%  for  future  years.  Net
income for years  beginning  before  January 1, 1999  includes  gross  income as
defined under the  provisions of the Code,  plus interest from bonds,  notes and
evidences  of  indebtedness  of any  state,  including  Massachusetts,  less the
deductions,  excluding the deductions for dividends  received,  state taxes, and
net operating  losses,  as defined under the provisions of the Code. For taxable
years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1999,  the  definition of state taxable
income is modified to allow a deduction for 95% of dividends received from stock
where the Company owns 15% or more of the voting stock of the institution paying
the  dividend  and to  allow  deductions  from  certain  expenses  allocated  to
federally  tax  exempt  obligations.  Subsidiary  corporations  of  the  Company
conducting business in Massachusetts must file separate  Massachusetts state tax
returns and are taxed as financial institutions,  with certain modifications and
grandfathering for taxable years before 1996. The net worth or tangible property
of  such  grandfathered   subsidiaries  is  taxed  at  a  rate  of  0.26%.  Such
grandfathered subsidiaries may file consolidated tax returns on the net earnings
portion of the corporate tax.

     Corporations which qualify as "securities  corporations," as defined by the
Massachusetts  tax code,  are taxed at a  special  rate of 0.33% of their  gross
income if they qualify as a "bank-holding  company" under the  Massachusetts tax
code.  The  Company  qualifies  for this  reduced tax rate  provided  that it is
exclusively  engaged in activities of a  "securities  corporation."  The Company
qualifies as a securities  corporation  because a separate subsidiary was formed
to make the loan to the Bank's  Employee Stock  Ownership Plan and related trust
and all of the Company's other activities qualify as activities  permissible for
a securities corporation.  If the Company fails to so qualify,  however, it will
be taxed as a  financial  institution  at a rate of 10.50%  beginning  in fiscal
2000.

     Delaware  Taxation.  As a Delaware  holding  company not earning  income in
Delaware,  the  Company  is exempt  from  Delaware  corporate  income tax but is
required to file an annual  report with and pay an annual  franchise  tax to the
State of Delaware.



                                       26

<PAGE>



Item 2. Description of Property.
- --------------------------------

     The  Bank   currently   conducts  its  business   through  its   executive,
administrative  and full service  offices.  The Company believes that the Bank's
current  facilities  are adequate to meet the present  needs of the Bank and the
Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Net Book Value of
                                                                                   Property or
                                     Leased         Original         Date of       Leasehold
                                       or          Year Leased        Lease     Improvements at
Location                             Owned         or Acquired     Expiration    March 31, 1999
- --------                             -----         -----------     ----------    --------------
                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                  <C>              <C>      <C>                   <C>
Executive/Branch Office:
   1299 Beacon Street
   Brookline, MA 02446 ....           Owned           1950            --             $  674

Administrative Office:
   1309 Beacon Street
   Brookline, MA 02446 ....          Leased           1987     February 2002 (1)        130

Branch Offices:
   184 Massachusetts Avenue
   Boston, MA 02115 .......          Leased           1973       December 2000           16

   Dedham Mall
   Dedham, MA 02026 .......          Leased           1982       February 2000            1

   61 Lenox Street
   Norwood, MA 02062 ......           Owned           1975            --                223

   705 High Street
   Westwood, MA 02090 .....           Owned           1977            --                145
                                                                                     ------

                  Total .....................................................        $1,189
                                                                                     ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The Bank has an option to renew  this  lease for one  additional  five-year
     period.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
- --------------------------

     The Bank is not  involved  in any  pending  legal  proceedings  other  than
routine legal  proceedings  occurring in the ordinary  course of business.  Such
routine legal  proceedings,  in the aggregate,  are believed by management to be
immaterial to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
- ------------------------------------------------------------

     None.


                                       27

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Common  Stock of the Company is traded on the American  Stock  Exchange
under the symbol  "BYS." The stock began  trading on March 30, 1998. On February
22, 1999, the Company paid a cash dividend of $0.05 per share to shareholders of
record as of February 8, 1999. For  information  relating to restrictions on the
Company's   declaration   of   dividends,    see   "Item   1.   Description   of
Business--Regulation  and  Supervision."  As of May 24,  1999,  there  were  498
registered  recordholders  of the Common  Stock of the Company,  which  includes
shares held in street  name.  The  following  table sets forth for the  quarters
indicated the range of high and low sale price  information for the Common Stock
of the Company as reported on the American Stock Exchange.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Year Ended March 31, 1999
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                      4th Quarter       3rd Quarter       2nd Quarter      1st Quarter
                                      -----------       -----------       -----------      -----------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>                <C>              <C>
High..................                  $23.50            $26.00             $28.50           $33.75
Low...................                  $20.25            $18.625            $19.25           $26.625
</TABLE>


Item 6. Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations

     The Company does not transact any material  business other than through its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  the  Bank.  The  Bank's  results  of  operations  are
dependent primarily on net interest income,  which is the difference between the
income  earned  on its loan and  investment  portfolios  and its cost of  funds,
consisting  of  the  interest  paid  on  deposits  and  borrowings.  Results  of
operations are also affected by the Bank's provision for loan losses,  loan sale
activities  and loan  servicing.  The  Bank's  noninterest  expense  principally
consists of compensation and employee  benefits,  office occupancy and equipment
expense,  federal deposit insurance premiums,  data processing,  advertising and
business   promotion  and  other  expenses.   Results  of  operations  are  also
significantly   affected  by  general   economic  and  competitive   conditions,
particularly  changes in  interest  rates,  government  policies  and actions of
regulatory  authorities.  Future  changes  in  applicable  law,  regulations  or
government policies may materially impact the Bank.

     The following  discussion may contain  certain  forward-looking  statements
which  are  based  on  management's  current  expectations  regarding  economic,
legislative,  and  regulatory  issues that may impact the Company's  earnings in
future periods.  Factors that could cause future results to vary materially from
current  management  expectations  include,  but are  not  limited  to:  general
economic  conditions,  changes in interest  rates,  deposit  flows,  real estate
values,  and  competition;   changes  in  accounting  principles,  policies,  or
guidelines;   changes  in  legislation  or  regulation;   and  other   economic,
competitive,  governmental,  regulatory and technological  factors affecting the
Company's  operations,  pricing,  products and services.  In  particular,  these
issues may impact  management's  estimates  used in  evaluating  market risk and
interest  rate  risk in its  GAP  and net  portfolio  value  tables,  loan  loss
provisions, classification of assets, Year 2000 issues, accounting estimates and
other estimates used throughout this  discussion.  For a further  description of
the risks and  uncertainties  to the  business,  see  "Item  1.--Description  of
Business."

Management Strategy

     Management's  primary goal has been to maintain  the Bank's  profitability,
asset quality and its capital  position by: (i)  investing  primarily in one- to
four-family loans secured by properties located in its primary market area; (ii)
investing  in   multi-family,   commercial  real  estate  and  construction  and
development  loans secured by properties  located in the Bank's  primary  market
area,  to the  extent  that such  loans  meet the  Bank's  general  underwriting
criteria;  (iii) investing funds not utilized for loan investments in short-term
U.S. Treasury and  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities;  and (iv)
managing  interest rate risk by emphasizing the  origination of  adjustable-rate
loans and short-term fixed-rate loans and investing in short-term securities and
generally selling longer-term fixed-rate loans that the

                                       28

<PAGE>



Bank  originates.  The Bank intends to continue  this  operating  strategy in an
effort to enhance its  long-term  profitability  while  maintaining a reasonable
level of interest  rate risk and enhance such strategy by expanding the products
and services it offers,  as  necessary,  in order to improve its market share in
its primary  market area. In this regard,  the Bank has begun to offer  business
checking  accounts,  24-hour banking by telephone and, in the future, may expand
its  consumer  retail  products  to include  debit card  services  and  Internet
banking.

Management of Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk Analysis

     The  principal  objective  of the  Bank's  interest  rate  risk  management
function is to evaluate the interest rate risk included in certain balance sheet
accounts,  determine  the  appropriate  level of risk given the Bank's  business
strategy,   operating  environment,   capital  and  liquidity  requirements  and
performance  objectives  and  manage  the  risk  consistent  with  the  Board of
Directors'  approved  guidelines.  Through  such  management,  the Bank seeks to
reduce the  vulnerability  of its operations to changes in interest  rates.  The
Bank  monitors  its  interest  rate risk as such risk  relates to its  operating
strategies. The Bank's Board of Directors has an Asset/Liability Committee which
reviews its  asset/liability  policies and  interest  rate risk  position.  Such
Committee,  which meets on a quarterly  basis,  reports trends and interest rate
risk position to the Board of Directors on a quarterly  basis. The extent of the
movement of interest rates is an uncertainty  that could have a negative  impact
on the earnings of the Bank.

     In recent years, the Bank has primarily  utilized the following  strategies
to manage  interest rate risk: (i)  emphasizing  the origination and purchase of
adjustable-rate  loans; (ii) investing  primarily in short-term U.S.  Government
securities  or  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities  with shorter
estimated  maturities;  (iii)  utilizing  FHLB advances to better  structure the
maturities  of  its  interest  rate  sensitive   liabilities;   and  (iv)  to  a
substantially  lesser  extent,  selling  in  the  secondary  market  longer-term
fixed-rate  mortgage loans  originated  while generally  retaining the servicing
rights on such loans.

     Gap  Analysis.  The matching of assets and  liabilities  may be analyzed by
examining the extent to which such assets and  liabilities  are  "interest  rate
sensitive" and by monitoring a bank's interest rate sensitivity  "gap." An asset
and  liability  is said to be interest  rate  sensitive  within a specific  time
period if it will mature or reprice  within that time period.  The interest rate
sensitivity   gap  is  defined  as  the   difference   between   the  amount  of
interest-earning  assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and
the amount of  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing or repricing  within that
same time period.  At March 31, 1999,  the Bank's  cumulative  one year interest
rate gap (which is the difference between the amount of interest-earning  assets
maturing or repricing within one year and interest-bearing  liabilities maturing
or repricing  within one year) as a percentage of total  assets,  was a negative
13.19%. A gap is considered  positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive
assets  exceeds  the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities.  A gap is
considered  negative  when the amount of  interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities
exceeds the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  assets.  Accordingly,  during a
period of rising  interest  rates,  an institution  with a negative gap position
would be in a worse position to invest in higher  yielding assets as compared to
an institution with a positive gap position which,  consequently,  may result in
the cost of its  interest-bearing  liabilities  increasing at a rate faster than
its yield on  interest-earning  assets than if it had a positive  gap.  During a
period of falling  interest rates,  an institution  with a negative gap position
would tend to have its  interest-bearing  liabilities  repricing  downward  at a
faster rate than its interest-earning  assets as compared to an institution with
a positive gap which, consequently,  may tend to positively affect the growth of
its net interest income.


                                       29

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth the amounts of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing   liabilities   outstanding  at  March  31,  1999,   which  are
anticipated by the Bank, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in
each of the future time periods shown (the "Gap Table"). Except as stated below,
the amount of assets and  liabilities  shown  which  reprice or mature  during a
particular  period were  determined  in  accordance  with the earlier of term to
repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability.  The table sets
forth an approximation  of the projected  repricing of assets and liabilities at
March 31, 1999,  on the basis of  contractual  maturities,  and  scheduled  rate
adjustments within a one year period and subsequent selected time intervals. The
loan amounts in the table reflect  principal  balances expected to be redeployed
and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization of adjustable-rate loans
and  fixed-rate  loans,  and as a result  of  contractual  rate  adjustments  on
adjustable-rate  loans. Money Market accounts,  Regular Savings accounts and NOW
accounts   are  assumed  to  have  annual  decay  rates  of  80%,  15%  and  5%,
respectively.  Deposit decay rates can have a  significant  impact on the Bank's
estimated gap. While the Bank believes such assumptions to be reasonable,  there
can be no assurance that assumed decay rates will approximate  future withdrawal
activity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     More        More        More        More
                                                     than        than        than        than
                                                   1 Year      2 Years     3 Years      4 Years        More       Total       Fair
                                        1 Year       to          to           to          to           than      Amount       Value
                                       or Less     2 Years     3 Years     4 Years      5 Years      5 Years       (1)       (2)(3)
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    --------   --------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>
Interest-earning assets:
   Short-term investments .........   $  6,369     $     --    $     --    $     --    $      --     $     --    $  6,369   $  6,369
   Securities .....................     10,277        4,000          --          --           --        4,501      18,778     18,959
   Mortgage-backed
      securities ..................         --           --          --          --           --        6,327       6,327      6,369
   Stock in FHLB-Boston ...........      3,850           --          --          --           --           --       3,850      3,850
   Loans ..........................     78,478       34,057      35,462      10,839       37,098      109,500     305,434    305,563
   Loans held-for-sale ............        321                                                                        321        321
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    --------   --------
    Total interest-earning assets..   $ 99,295     $ 38,057    $ 35,462    $ 10,839    $  37,098     $120,328    $341,079   $342,431
                                      ========     ========    ========    ========    =========     ========    ========   ========

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Money market accounts ..........   $ 43,443     $ 10,862    $     --    $     --    $      --     $     --    $ 54,305   $ 54,305
   Regular savings accounts .......      4,119        4,119       4,119       4,119        4,119        6,865      27,460     27,460
   NOW accounts ...................      1,208        1,208       1,208       1,208        1,208       18,115      24,155     24,155
   Certificate accounts ...........     80,965       19,757       5,465       1,575        1,576          272     109,610    110,359
   FHLB advances ..................     16,957       10,810       1,829       1,271       10,884       35,000      76,751     76,492
                                      --------     --------    --------    --------    ---------     --------    --------   --------
      Total interest-bearing
         liabilities ..............   $146,692     $ 46,756    $ 12,621    $  8,173    $  17,787     $ 60,252    $292,281   $292,771
                                      ========     ========    ========    ========    =========     ========    ========   ========
Interest-earning assets less
   interest-bearing liabilities ...   $(47,397)    $ (8,699)   $ 22,841    $  2,666    $  19,311     $ 60,076    $ 48,798
                                      ========     ========    ========    ========    =========     ========    ========
Cumulative interest-rate
   sensitivity gap ................    (47,397)     (56,096)    (33,255)    (30,589)    (11,278)       48,798
                                      ========     ========    ========    ========    =========     ========
Cumulative interest-rate gap as
   a percentage of total assets ...     (13.19)%     (15.61)%     (9.25)%     (8.51)%     (3.14)%       13.58%
Cumulative interest-rate gap as
   a percentage of total interest-
   earning assets .................     (13.90)%     (16.45)%     (9.75)%     (8.97)%     (3.31)%       14.31%
Cumulative interest-earning
   assets as a percentage of
   cumulative interest-bearing
   liabilities ....................      67.69%       71.00%      83.86%      85.72%      95.14%       116.70%
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Excludes nonaccrual loans.

(2)  Fair value of securities, including mortgage-backed securities, is based on
     quoted  market  prices,  where  available.  If quoted market prices are not
     available,  fair  value is based on  quoted  market  prices  of  comparable
     instruments.  Fair value of loans is,  depending on the type of loan, based
     on carrying  values or estimates  based on discounted  cash flow  analyses.
     Fair value of deposit  liabilities are either based on carrying  amounts or
     estimates based on a discounted cash flow calculation. Fair values for FHLB
     advances are estimated  using a discounted  cash flow analysis that applies
     interest  rates  concurrently  being  offered on  advances to a schedule of
     aggregated expected monthly maturities on FHLB advances.

(3)  Fair value of loans includes nonaccrual loans.


                                       30

<PAGE>


     Certain  shortcomings  are inherent in the method of analysis  presented in
the foregoing  table.  For example,  although certain assets and liabilities may
have similar  maturities  or periods to  repricing,  they may react to different
degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain
types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest  rates,  while  interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in
market rates. Additionally,  certain assets, such as adjustable rate loans, have
features which restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and
over the life of the asset.  Further,  in the event of change in interest rates,
prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate  significantly  from
those assumed in calculating the table.  Finally,  the ability of many borrowers
to service their  adjustable-rate loans may decrease in the event of an interest
rate increase.

     Net Portfolio  Value. As part of its interest rate risk analysis,  the Bank
uses an interest rate sensitivity model which generates  estimates of the change
in the  Bank's  net  portfolio  value  ("NPV")  over a range  of  interest  rate
scenarios  and which is  prepared by the OTS on a  quarterly  basis.  NPV is the
present value of expected cash flows from assets,  liabilities  and  off-balance
sheet contracts.  The NPV ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as
the NPV in that  scenario  divided  by the  market  value of  assets in the same
scenario.  The OTS produces such analysis  using its own model,  based upon data
submitted on the Bank's quarterly Thrift Financial Reports,  including estimated
loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates. The following
table sets forth the Bank's NPV as of December 31, 1998 (the latest NPV analysis
prepared by the OTS), as calculated by the OTS.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Change in                                                                                         NPV as % of Portfolio
Interest Rates                               Net Portfolio Value                                        Value of Assets
in Basis Points         -----------------------------------------------------------          ---------------------------------------
 (Rate Shock)              Amount                $ Change                % Change              NPV Ratio                Change (1)
- ---------------         ------------           -------------           ------------          -------------            --------------
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
   <S>                    <C>                     <C>                      <C>                   <C>                       <C>
     400                  $29,220                 $(9,879)                 (25)%                  9.23%                    (252)
     300                   32,372                  (6,726)                 (17)                  10.08                     (167)
     200                   35,147                  (3,951)                 (10)                  10.80                      (95)
     100                   37,360                  (1,738)                  (4)                  11.34                      (41)
   Static                  39,098                      --                   --                   11.75                       --
    (100)                  40,844                   1,746                    4                   12.15                       40
    (200)                  42,334                   3,235                    8                   12.48                       72
    (300)                  44,810                   5,711                   15                   13.04                      129
    (400)                  47,319                   8,220                   21                   13.60                      185
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Expressed in basis points.


     As is the case with the Gap Table, certain shortcomings are inherent in the
methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements.  Modeling changes
in NPV  require the making of certain  assumptions  which may or may not reflect
the  manner in which  actual  yields  and costs  respond  to  changes  in market
interest  rates.  In this  regard,  the NPV  model  presented  assumes  that the
composition of the Bank's interest sensitive assets and liabilities  existing at
the beginning of a period  remains  constant over the period being  measured and
also assumes that a particular  change in interest rates is reflected  uniformly
across the yield curve  regardless  of the  duration to maturity or repricing of
specific assets and liabilities.  Accordingly, although the NPV measurements and
net interest  income models  provide an  indication of the Bank's  interest rate
risk exposure at a particular point in time, such  measurements are not intended
to and do not  provide a precise  forecast  of the  effect of  changes in market
interest  rates on the Bank's net  interest  income and will  differ from actual
results.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

     Net  interest   income   represents  the   difference   between  income  on
interest-earning  assets  and  expense  on  interest-bearing   liabilities.  Net
interest  income also  depends  upon the  relative  amounts of  interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing  liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on
them.

                                       31

<PAGE>



     Average Balance Sheets. The following table sets forth certain  information
relating to the Bank for the years ended March 31,  1999,  1998,  and 1997.  The
average  yields  and costs are  derived  by  dividing  income or  expense by the
average  balance of  interest-earning  assets or  interest-bearing  liabilities,
respectively,  for the periods  shown except where noted  otherwise  and reflect
annualized yields and costs. Average balances are derived from average month-end
balances.  Management does not believe that the use of average monthly  balances
instead of average  daily  balances has caused any material  differences  in the
information  presented.  The yields and costs include fees which are  considered
adjustments to yields. Loan interest and yield data does not include any accrued
interest from non-accruing loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     For the Years Ended March 31,
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1999                            1998                               1997
                                     -----------------------------    ----------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                           Average                         Average                           Average
                                     Average               Yield/     Average               Yield/    Average                 Yield/
                                     Balance    Interest    Cost      Balance   Interest     Cost     Balance     Interest     Cost
                                     -------    --------   -------    -------   --------   -------    -------     --------   -------
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>
Assets:
   Interest-earning assets:
      Federal funds sold/FHLB
         overnight account ......   $ 15,478    $   839     5.42%    $  5,150    $   368     7.15%    $  5,985     $   321     5.36%
   Investment securities (1) ....     21,898      1,250     5.71       13,642        819     6.00       15,041         951     6.32
   Mortgage-backed and
      mortgage-related securities      4,045        253     6.26        2,787        190     6.82        3,380         246     7.28
   Loans, net and mortgage
      loans held-for-sale (2) ...    261,080     21,084     8.08      215,542     17,872     8.29      195,471      15,958     8.16
                                    --------    -------              --------    -------              --------     -------
         Total interest-earning
            assets ..............    302,501     23,426     7.74      237,121     19,249     8.12      219,877      17,476     7.95
                                                -------                          -------                           -------
   Noninterest-earning assets ...     11,584                            8,096                            6,931
                                    --------                         --------                         --------
         Total assets ...........   $314,085                         $245,217                         $226,808
                                    ========                         ========                         ========


Liabilities and Equity:
   Interest-bearing liabilities:
      NOW accounts ..............   $ 21,872    $   331     1.51%    $ 21,494    $   389     1.81%    $ 20,835     $   386     1.85%
      Regular savings accounts ..     27,250        610     2.24       29,167        824     2.83       30,863         660     2.14
      Money market accounts .....     46,489      1,895     4.08       43,019      1,684     3.91       34,839       1,436     4.12
      Certificate accounts ......    110,246      5,988     5.43      107,820      6,097     5.65      102,995       5,790     5.62
                                    --------    -------              --------    -------              --------     -------
         Total interest-bearing
            deposits ............    205,857      8,824     4.29      201,500      8,994     4.46      189,532       8,272     4.36
      FHLB advances .............     39,404      1,934     4.84       21,102      1,206     5.72       16,813         946     5.63
                                    --------    -------              --------    -------              --------     -------
         Total interest-bearing
            liabilities .........    245,261     10,758     4.38      222,602     10,200     4.58      206,345       9,218     4.47
                                                -------                          -------                           -------
   Demand deposits (3) ..........        658                              257                              132
   Other liabilities ............      5,719                            2,088                            1,511
                                    --------                         --------                         --------
         Total liabilities ......    251,638                          224,947                          207,988
   Equity .......................     62,447                           20,270                           18,820
                                    --------                         --------                         --------
         Total liabilities and
            equity ..............   $314,085                         $245,217                         $226,808
                                    ========                         ========                         ========

   Net interest income/Net
      interest rate spread (4) ..               $12,668     3.36%                $ 9,049     3.54%                 $ 8,258     3.48%
                                                =======     ====                 =======     ====                  =======     ====
   Net interest margin (5) ......                           4.19%                            3.82%                             3.76%
                                                            ====                             ====                              ====

   Ratio of interest-earning
      assets to interest-bearing
      liabilities ...............     123.34%                          106.52%                          106.56%
                                    ========                         ========                         ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes investment  securities  available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity,
     Co-operative Central Bank Liquidity Fund, and stock in FHLB-Boston.

(2)  Amount is net of deferred loan origination costs,  undisbursed  proceeds of
     construction  loans in  process,  allowance  for loan  losses and  includes
     non-accruing  loans. The Bank records interest income on non-accruing loans
     on a cash basis.

(3)  Demand deposits primarily represent noninterest-bearing custodial accounts.

(4)  Net interest rate spread  represents  the  difference  between the weighted
     average yield on  interest-earning  assets and the weighted average cost of
     interest-bearing liabilities.

(5)  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income as a percentage  of
     average interest-earning assets.

                                       32

<PAGE>



     Rate/Volume  Analysis.  The  following  table  presents the extent to which
changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of  interest-earning  assets
and  interest-bearing  liabilities  have affected the Bank's interest income and
interest expense during the periods  indicated.  Information is provided in each
category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes
in volume  multiplied by prior rate);  (ii) changes  attributable  to changes in
rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The
changes  attributable  to the  combined  impact  of  volume  and rate  have been
allocated on a proportional basis between changes in rate and volume.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Year Ended March 31, 1999               Year Ended March 31, 1998
                                                                     Compared to                             Compared to
                                                               Year Ended March 31, 1998               Year Ended March 31, 1997
                                                           ---------------------------------      ---------------------------------
                                                            Increase (Decrease)                    Increase (Decrease)
                                                                  Due to                                Due to
                                                           --------------------                   --------------------
                                                           Volume        Rate          Net        Volume        Rate          Net
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
                                                                                       (In thousands)

<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest-earning assets:
   Federal funds sold/FHLB overnight account .........     $   535      $   (64)     $   471      $   (34)     $    81      $    47
   Investment securities .............................         469          (38)         431          (86)         (46)        (132)
   Mortgage-backed securities ........................          77          (14)          63          (41)         (15)         (56)
   Loans, net, and mortgage loans held-for-sale ......       3,664         (452)       3,212        1,661          253        1,914
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
         Total interest-earning assets ...............       4,745         (568)       4,177        1,500          273        1,773
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   NOW accounts ......................................           7          (65)         (58)          11           (8)           3
   Regular savings accounts ..........................         (51)        (163)        (214)         (34)         198          164
   Money market accounts .............................         140           71          211          316          (68)         248
   Certificate accounts ..............................         144         (253)        (109)         273           34          307
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
         Total deposits ..............................         240         (410)        (170)         566          156          722
   FHLB advances .....................................         884         (156)         728          245           15          260
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
         Total interest-bearing liabilities ..........       1,124         (566)         558          811          171          982
                                                           -------      -------      -------      -------      -------      -------
Net change in net interest income ....................     $ 3,621      $    (2)     $ 3,619      $   689      $   102      $   791
                                                           =======      =======      =======      =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>


Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998

     Total  assets at March 31,  1999 were  $359.4  million,  compared to $295.3
million at March 31, 1998, an increase of $64.1 million,  or 21.7%. Asset growth
was primarily due to the increased  loan and investment  securities  portfolios,
funded by an increase of $56.8 million in Federal Home Loan Bank  borrowings and
an $8.6 million increase in deposits.

     Loans  receivable,  net of  allowance  for loan  losses and  deferred  loan
origination  fees,  increased $79.5 million to $304.4 million at March 31, 1999,
or 35.3%,  compared to $224.9  million at March 31, 1998.  The increase in loans
was due to a $11.5 million,  or 7.3%,  increase in one- to four-family  loans, a
$35.3 million,  or 157.7%,  increase in multi-family  loans, a $32.3 million, or
91.2%,  increase in  commercial  real estate loans,  a $2.3  million,  or 29.8%,
decrease in  construction  and development  loans and a $1.2 million,  or 16.5%,
increase in consumer  loans.  This  increase was funded  primarily  from the net
reduction in investments of $25.1 million,  an $8.6 million increase in deposits
and $56.8 million increase in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings.

     Nonperforming assets at March 31, 1999 were $2.0 million,  compared to $2.3
million at March 31, 1998, a decrease of 13.8%.  This decrease was the result of
certain  nonaccrual loans being paid off or brought  current.  The allowance for
loan losses  increased  $514,000 to $3.0 million at March 31, 1999,  compared to
$2.5  million at March 31,  1998,  an increase  of 20.5%.  At March 31, 1999 the
allowance  represents  154.1% of nonperforming  assets and 0.98% of total loans,
compared to 110.3% of nonperforming  assets and 1.1% of total loans at March 31,
1998. There was no Real Estate Owned at March 31, 1999 or March 31, 1998.

     Deposits  increased  4.2%, to $216.4  million at March 31, 1999 from $207.8
million at March 31, 1998. The deposit growth occurred  primarily in savings and
NOW accounts which increased $8.3 million, or 8.5%. Borrowed funds which consist
of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings,  totalled $76.8 million at March 31, 1999,
a 284% increase  over the $20.0  million in  borrowings  at March 31, 1998.  The
increased level of borrowings were in the 10-year

                                       33

<PAGE>



maturity,  with callable  features  after  one-year at the option of the lender,
fixed maturity advances, and two-, three- and five-year amortizing advances.

     Investments at March 31, 1999 totalled  $31.7 million,  a decrease of $25.1
million,  or 44.2%,  compared to $56.8 million at March 31, 1998.  This decrease
was  primarily due to a reduction in  short-term  investments  used to fund loan
growth. Investment securities totalled $25.3 million at March 31, 1999, compared
to $10.8 million at March 31, 1998.  This increase was the result of purchasing,
corporate bonds,  common and preferred stocks and  mortgaged-backed  securities.
Short-term  investments were $6.4 million at March 31, 1999 and consisted solely
of  short-term  overnight  investments,  compared to $46.0  million at March 31,
1998.

     Total equity was $60.3 million, or 16.8% of total assets at March 31, 1999,
a decrease of $3.3 million,  or 5.15%, from the $63.6 million, or 21.5% of total
assets at March 31,  1998.  The  decrease  in equity  was the net  result of net
income for the period,  the  reduction  in capital from the purchase of treasury
stock and stock  associated with the Company's  stock-based  benefit plans,  the
payment  of  dividends,  and a  reduction  in other  comprehensive  income.  The
Company's  book value per share at March 31, 1999 was $26.88  compared to $27.02
at March 31, 1998.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended March 31, 1999 and 1998

General

     Net income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999  totalled $2.2 million,
or $0.97 per share,  compared to a net loss of $1.8  million for the same period
last year. Since the Company converted to a stock form of ownership on March 27,
1998,  earnings per share data for the previous year is not  available.  The net
loss for the fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1998  resulted  primarily  from the
recognition  of  certain  items  related  to  the  Conversion.  As  part  of the
Conversion  the Company  established  The Bay State Federal  Savings  Charitable
Foundation (the  "Foundation") by donating 187,795 shares of the Company's stock
to  the  Foundation.   The  total  contribution   expense  associated  with  the
transaction was $3.8 million, or $2.5 million net of income taxes. Additionally,
due to the timing of the consummation of the Conversion and the establishment of
the Bank's Employee Stock  Ownership Plan ("ESOP"),  which was funded with 8% of
stock  issued  in the  Conversion,  or  202,818  shares,  the  Company  incurred
additional  compensation  expense of $601,000,  or $433,000 net of income taxes,
relating to the ESOP  allocation  for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1998.  In
addition,  certain  non-recurring  expenses and adjustments  associated with the
Conversion  totalled  $688,000,  or $405,000 net of income taxes.  Excluding the
effect of these  items,  the Company  would have  recognized  net income for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 of  approximately  $1.6 million.  The increased
level of  earnings  for the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1999 was  primarily
attributable  to increases in interest earned on loans and securities due to the
asset growth of the Company.

Interest Income

     Interest income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 was $23.4 million,
compared to $19.2  million  for the same  period last year,  an increase of $4.2
million,  or 21.7%.  The  increase in  interest  income was the net result of an
increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets and a decrease in the
yield on interest-earning assets. The average balance of interest-earning assets
increased from $237.1 million for fiscal 1998 to $302.5 million for fiscal 1999,
an increase of $65.4 million,  or 27.6%.  The increase in the average balance of
interest-earning  assets was  primarily  a result of an  increase in the average
balance of loans, net, of $45.5 million, or 21.1%, and an increase in short-term
investments and investment  securities of $19.8 million,  or 92.0%. The yield on
average interest-earning assets decreased 38 basis points to 7.74%.

Interest Expense

     Interest  expense  for the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1999 was $10.8
million, compared to $10.2 million for the same period last year, an increase of
$600,000,  or 5.5%.  This  increase in interest  expense was primarily due to an
increase  in the average  balance of  interest-bearing  liabilities  offset by a
decrease in the cost of  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The average  balance of
interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  from $222.6 million for fiscal 1998 to
$245.3 million for

                                       34

<PAGE>



fiscal 1999, an increase of $22.7 million, or 10.2%. The increase in the average
balance of interest-bearing liabilities was primarily a result of an increase in
the average  balance of deposits of $4.4  million,  or 2.2%,  and an increase in
borrowed funds of $18.3 million, or 86.7%. The cost of average  interest-bearing
liabilities decreased 19 basis points to 4.39%.

Net Interest Income

     Net interest  income before the provision  for loan losses  increased  $3.6
million, or 40.0%, for the fiscal year. The increase was primarily the result of
the increased  level of the loan and investment  portfolios and a 37 basis point
increase  in net  interest  margin.  The net  interest  margin was 4.19% for the
fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1999,  compared to 3.82% for the same period last
year.

Provision for Loan Losses

     The  provision for loan losses was $617,000 for the fiscal year ended March
31,  1999,  compared  to $856,000  for the same  period last year.  The level of
reserve  provision  for the fiscal  year ended  March 31, 1998 was made after an
assessment of the Bank's loan portfolio,  in particular specific loan pools that
were internally classified by the Bank, specifically loans acquired in the Union
Federal merger.  The level of reserve  provision for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1999,  was a result of  management's  assessment of the loan  portfolio and,
more specifically, the growth in the loan portfolio. The Company plans to add to
the  provision  for loan  losses to  support  any loan  portfolio  expansion  as
considered  necessary by  management.  At March 31, 1999 the  allowance for loan
losses totalled $3.0 million,  representing  154.12% of nonperforming assets and
0.98%  of  total  loans,  compared  to $2.5  million,  representing  110.27%  of
nonperforming  assets  and 1.10% of total  loans at March 31,  1998.  Management
believes  that the  provision  for loan losses and the allowance for loan losses
are currently reasonable and adequate to cover any losses reasonably expected in
the existing loan portfolio.  While  management  estimates loan losses using the
best available information,  no assurances can be given that future additions to
the allowance will not be necessary based on changes in economic and real estate
market  conditions,   further  information  obtained  regarding  problem  loans,
identification  of additional  problem loans and other factors,  both within and
outside of  management's  control.  Additionally,  with the  Conversion  and the
expectations of the Bank to grow its existing loan portfolio,  future  additions
to the allowance may be necessary to maintain adequate coverage ratios.

Noninterest Income

     Noninterest  income  for the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1999  totalled
$390,000  compared  to $313,000  for the same  period last year,  an increase of
$77,000,  or 24.6%.  These increases were primarily the result of an increase in
gains on the sale of loans,  fees on deposit  accounts and income  recognized on
bank owned life insurance policies purchased by the Bank.

Noninterest Expense

     Total noninterest  expense was $8.7 million for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1999, compared to $11.0 million for the same period last year, a decrease of
21.3%. Total salaries and benefits increased  $953,000,  or 21.0%, the result of
an increase of $418,000 in  compensation  expense  associated with the Company's
stock-based  benefit plans,  and a general increase in salaries and benefits due
to the  increase  in the number of  employees  compared  to the same period last
year. Occupancy and equipment expense totalled $1.0 million compared to $944,000
for the same  period  last  year,  an  increase  of  7.94%,  primarily  from the
increased  level  of  depreciation  on  building  and  leasehold   improvements.
Advertising  expense increased $66,000, or 37.9% associated with the development
and marketing of certain new deposit  products and  investment  services.  Other
expenses,  after adjusting for the previous years  contribution  expense of $3.8
million in forming the Foundation and $439,000 in expenses  associated  with the
Conversion,  increased  $710,000,  primarily as a result of increases in general
expenses  associated  with the  development of certain  products and programs as
part of the  strategic  planning  for the  future and  approximately  $35,000 in
expenses associated with upgrades to certain systems for Year 2000 compliance.


                                       35

<PAGE>



Income Taxes

     For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 income  taxes of $1.5 million were
provided  on net income  before tax of $3.8  million  for an  effective  rate of
40.8%,  compared to a tax  benefit of  $751,000  on a loss before  taxes of $2.5
million for an  effective  rate of 30.0%,  for the same  period  last year.  The
effective tax rate for the current  period was different  than the prior periods
due to the  nondeductibility  of certain expenses associated with the Conversion
and the reduction in the state tax rate for banks.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Bank's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  principal and interest
payments on loans,  mortgage-backed and investment securities and FHLB advances.
While maturities and scheduled  amortization of loans are predictable sources of
funds,  deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general
interest rates,  economic conditions and competition.  The Bank has continued to
maintain the  required  levels of liquid  assets as defined by OTS  regulations.
This  requirement  of the OTS,  which may be varied at the  direction of the OTS
depending upon economic conditions and deposit flows, is based upon a percentage
of deposits and short-term  borrowings.  The Bank's current  required  liquidity
ratio is 4%. At March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998, the Bank's  liquidity  ratios
were 5.8% and 24.7%,  respectively.  The decrease in the Bank's  liquidity ratio
was a result of the net proceeds generated from the conversion on March 27, 1998
being  invested  in  overnight  funds.  Management's  strategy  is  to  maintain
liquidity  as close as  possible to the minimum  regulatory  requirement  and to
invest any excess liquidity in higher yielding interest-earning assets. The Bank
manages its  liquidity  position and demands for funding  primarily by investing
excess funds in short-term  investments  and utilizing  FHLB advances in periods
when the Bank's demands for liquidity exceed funding from deposit inflows.

     The Bank's most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents and securities.
The levels of these  assets are  dependent on the Bank's  operating,  financing,
lending and investing  activities  during any given  period.  At March 31, 1999,
cash and cash equivalents and investment  securities  totaled $35.4 million,  or
9.9% of total assets.

     The Bank has other  sources of  liquidity  if a need for  additional  funds
arises,  including FHLB advances.  At March 31, 1999, the Bank had $76.8 million
in  advances  outstanding  from  the FHLB and an  additional  overall  borrowing
capacity from the FHLB of $80.5  million.  Depending on market  conditions,  the
pricing of deposit products and FHLB advances,  the Bank may continue to rely on
FHLB borrowings to fund asset growth.

     At March 31,  1999,  the Bank had  commitments  to fund  loans  and  unused
outstanding lines of credit and undisbursed  proceeds of construction  mortgages
totaling $42.9 million.  The Bank anticipates that it will have sufficient funds
available  to  meet  its  current  loan  origination  commitments.   Certificate
accounts,  including  IRA and Keogh  accounts,  which are scheduled to mature in
less than one year from March 31, 1999, totaled $81.0 million.

     At  March  31,  1999,  the  Bank  exceeded  all of its  regulatory  capital
requirements with a tangible capital level of $40.7 million,  or 11.7%, of total
adjusted  assets,  which is above the required  level of $5.2 million,  or 1.5%;
core capital of $40.7  million,  or 11.7%,  of total adjusted  assets,  which is
above the required  level of $13.9 million,  or 4.0%; and risk-based  capital of
$44.0 million,  or 20.0%, of risk-weighted  assets,  which is above the required
level of $17.6 million, or 8.0%.

Year 2000 Compliance

     As the Year 2000  approaches,  an  important  business  issue  has  emerged
regarding how existing  application  software programs and operating systems can
accommodate this date value. In addressing the Year 2000, the Company has broken
down the process into four steps:  assessment,  correction/replacement,  testing
and implementation. In addition, the Company has developed a business resumption
plan to address any Year 2000 problems that may occur over the year end.


                                       36

<PAGE>



     The Company  has  completed  the  assessment  phase.  During this phase the
Company  identified  all  potential  programs  and  applications  that were date
sensitive.  The Company also assessed the various utility companies that it uses
as to their  readiness  for Year 2000.  The  assessment  phase also included all
hardware and software applications as well as vendor identification. The various
applications  identified were then prioritized in consideration of their overall
importance  of use to the  Company.  Correspondence  were  sent  to all  vendors
inquiring  into  their  applications  Year  2000  compliance.  For a  number  of
applications,   the   correction,   testing   and   vendor   certification   and
implementation has been completed. For all priority applications, the Company is
continuing to ensure compliance by continuing to follow up with vendors for Year
2000  certification.  At  this  point  in  time,  the  Company  remains  in  the
correction/replacement, testing and implementation phases of the process.

     The most  critical  application  to the  Company  is the  software  package
utilized to process all loan and deposit accounts and transactions, the internal
accounting system and utility services for the various facility  locations.  The
Bank  utilizes  a  third-party   vendor  for  processing  the  primary   banking
applications and does not have any proprietary or  self-developed  software.  In
addition,  the Bank also uses third-party  vendor  application  software for all
ancillary  computer  applications,  specifically  general  ledger and accounting
systems.  The third-party  vendor for the Bank's banking  applications is in the
final stages of modifying and upgrading its ancillary  computer  applications to
ensure Year 2000  compliance.  The Bank has completed the testing phase.  At the
current  time,  it  is  anticipated  that  the  system  will  be  compliant  and
implemented by June 30, 1999. The Company's accounting software and applications
are Year 2000 compliant.

     The Bank has also sent correspondence to its customers  addressing the Year
2000 issue as it specifically applies to banks,  including a variety of commonly
asked questions and how they are being addressed by the Bank.

     Additionally,  a review of the loan  portfolio  was completed to assess any
customers  that were  susceptible  to any Year 2000 issues.  However,  since the
Bank's loans are primarily secured by real estate,  there were no major concerns
to any impact on the loan portfolio.

     The  Company  has created a  contingency  plan to deal with any  unforeseen
events that could occur  which  would have a negative  impact on the  day-to-day
operations of the Company.  The contingency plan identifies the critical systems
and identifies various processing  alternatives depending on the severity of the
circumstances.  These  procedures  vary from using  back-up sites and systems to
reverting to manual processes.  The business  resumption plan for retail banking
services is completed and tested.

     The  Company  has  expensed  approximately  $35,000 to replace  and upgrade
existing software for Year 2000 compliance. In addition, the Company purchased a
new accounting system which is Year 2000 compliant.  The cost of this system was
approximately  $75,000  and was  capitalized  and will be  depreciated  over its
expected useful life. Additional expenses will be incurred over the next year to
meet Year 2000 compliance; however, at this time these expenses are not expected
to be material in nature.

     In the  event  that  the  Bank's  third  party  vendor  or its  significant
suppliers  or  customers  do not  successfully  and  timely  achieve  Year  2000
compliance,  the Bank's  business or  operations  could be  adversely  affected.
However,  management believes that the Bank's own internal system,  networks and
resources would allow the Bank to effectively  operate and service its customers
in the event its  significant  vendors  do not  achieve  satisfactory  Year 2000
compliance.  In  addition,  if  significant  vendors  failed  to meet  Year 2000
operating  requirements,  the Bank  intends to engage  alternative  vendors  and
suppliers. While the Bank cannot estimate the costs and expenses associated with
hiring new vendors and suppliers,  management believes that such costs would not
have a material impact on the Bank's earnings or results of operations.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

     The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented elsewhere
herein have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  ("GAAP"),  which require the  measurement of financial  position and
operating  results  generally  in terms of  historical  dollar  amounts  without
considering the changes in the

                                       37

<PAGE>



relative  purchasing  power of money over time due to  inflation.  The impact of
inflation is reflected in the increased  cost of the Bank's  operations.  Unlike
industrial  companies,  nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the Bank are
monetary in nature.  As a result,  interest  rates have a greater  impact on the
Bank's performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest
rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the
prices of goods and services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

     Accounting   for   Transfers   and   Servicing  of  Financial   Assets  and
Extinguishments  of  Liabilities.  In June  1996 the FASB  issued  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing
of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments of Liabilities"  ("SFAS No. 125"). This
Statement  provides   accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  transfers  and
servicing  of  financial  assets and  extinguishments  of  liabilities  based on
consistent  application  of a  financial-components  approach  that  focuses  on
control.  It  distinguishes  transfers of  financial  assets that are sales from
transfers that are secured borrowings. Under the financial-components  approach,
after a transfer of financial  assets,  an entity  recognizes  all financial and
servicing  assets it controls and  liabilities it has incurred and  derecognizes
financial   assets  it  no  longer  controls  and  liabilities  that  have  been
extinguished.  The  financial-components  approach  focuses  on the  assets  and
liabilities that exist after the transfer.  Many of these assets and liabilities
are  components of financial  assets that existed  prior to the  transfer.  If a
transfer does not meet the criteria for a sale, the transfer is accounted for as
a secured borrowing with a pledge of collateral. The Statement was effective for
transfers and servicing of financial assets and  extinguishments  of liabilities
occurring after December 31, 1996, applied prospectively. Earlier or retroactive
application  of  this   Statement  was  not  permitted.   The  adoption  of  the
non-deferred  provisions of this  Statement as of January 1, 1997 did not have a
material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

     Reporting Comprehensive Income. In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income," ("SFAS No. 130"). This statement establishes
standards for reporting and display of  comprehensive  income and its components
(revenues,  expenses,  gains  and  losses)  in a  full  set  of  general-purpose
financial  statements.  This statement requires that all items that are required
to be recognized  under  accounting  standards as  components  of  comprehensive
income be reported  in a financial  statement  that is  displayed  with the same
prominence as other  financial  statements.  This  statement  does not require a
specific  format for that  financial  statement  but requires that an enterprise
display an amount representing total comprehensive income for the period in that
financial statement. SFAS No. 130 requires that an enterprise (a) classify items
of other  comprehensive  income by their nature in a financial statement and (b)
display the accumulated  balance of other  comprehensive  income separately from
retained  earnings and  additional  paid-in  capital in the equity  section of a
statement of financial  position.  It does not address  issues of recognition or
measurement  for  comprehensive  income  and its  components.  SFAS  No.  130 is
effective for fiscal years beginning  after December 31, 1997.  Reclassification
of financial statements for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is
required.  Upon adoption,  this statement did not have a material  effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.

     Disclosures  about  Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information.  In
June 1997 the FASB  issued  SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments  of an
Enterprise  and  Related   Information,"   ("SFAS  No.  131").   This  Statement
establishes standards for the way public business enterprises report information
about operating segments in financial statements. SFAS No. 131 was effective for
financial  statements for periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. Under this
statement the Company does not report additional information because its present
organization consists of only one operating segment as defined by the Statement.

     Other New Accounting  Standards.  SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS
No. 128") is effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 129,
"Disclosure  of  Information  about  Capital  Structure"  ("SFAS  No.  129")  is
effective  for periods  ending after  December  15, 1997.  The adoption of these
standards did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
statements.

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 133,  "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133"). SFAS 133

                                       38

<PAGE>



establishes  new  accounting and reporting  standards for  derivative  financial
instruments and for hedging  activities.  SFAS 133 requires an entity to measure
all  derivatives  at fair value and to recognize them in the balance sheet as an
asset or liability,  depending on the entity's  rights or obligations  under the
applicable  derivative  contract.  Bay State  Bancorp,  Inc. will designate each
derivative  as belonging  to one of several  possible  categories,  based on the
intended use of the  derivative.  The  recognition of changes in fair value of a
derivative that affects the income  statement will depend on the intended use of
the derivative. If the derivative does not qualify as a hedging instrument,  the
gain or loss on the derivative will be recognized currently in earnings.  If the
derivative  qualifies  for  special  hedge  accounting,  the gain or loss on the
derivative  will either (1) be  recognized  in income  along with an  offsetting
adjustment  to the basis of the item being  hedged,  or (2) be deferred in other
comprehensive  income and reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods
during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. SFAS 133 will be effective
for Bay State  Bancorp,  Inc. no later than the quarter  ending  March 31, 2001.
SFAS 133 may not be  applied  retroactively  to  financial  statements  of prior
periods.  SFAS  133 is not  expected  to have a  material  impact  on Bay  State
Bancorp,  Inc.'s consolidated results of operations,  financial position or cash
flows.

Item 7. Financial Statements.
- -----------------------------



                                       39

<PAGE>

               [LETTERHEAD OF SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.]



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Bay State Bancorp, Inc.
Brookline, Massachusetts

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bay State
Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related
consolidated income statements, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 1999. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Bay
State Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended March 31, 1999, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.


                                 /s/ SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.
                                 SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

April 16, 1999


                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                             MARCH 31, 1999 AND 1998
                      (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1999         1998
                                                                             ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>
ASSETS
- ------
Cash and due from banks                                                      $   3,738    $   3,513
Short-term investments                                                           6,369       46,000
                                                                             ---------    ---------
           Cash and cash equivalents                                            10,107       49,513
Investments in available-for-sale securities (at fair value)                    24,350        6,523
Investments in held-to-maturity securities (fair values of $978 as of
   March 31, 1999 and $4,274 as of March 31, 1998)                                 956        4,272
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, at cost                               3,850        1,873
Loans, net of the allowance for loan losses of $3,027 as of March 31, 1999
   and $2,513 as of March 31, 1998                                             304,372      224,928
Loans held-for-sale                                                                321          822
Premises and equipment, net of depreciation and amortization                     2,564        2,581
Investment in bank owned life insurance                                          6,054         --
Accrued interest receivable                                                      1,920        1,260
Deferred tax asset, net                                                          2,728        2,065
Other assets                                                                     2,182        1,454
                                                                             ---------    ---------
           Total assets                                                      $ 359,404    $ 295,291
                                                                             =========    =========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ------------------------------------
Demand deposits                                                              $     867    $     485
Savings and NOW deposits                                                       105,920       97,645
Certificate accounts                                                           109,610      109,650
                                                                             ---------    ---------
           Total deposits                                                      216,397      207,780
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston                                  76,751       20,000
Other borrowed funds                                                             3,240        2,176
Other liabilities                                                                2,718        1,761
                                                                             ---------    ---------
           Total liabilities                                                   299,106      231,717
                                                                             ---------    ---------

Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 11,000,000 shares;
     issued 2,535,232 shares                                                        25           25
   Paid-in capital                                                              49,277       49,194
   Retained earnings                                                            19,463       17,340
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                                           45          666
   Unearned ESOP shares                                                         (3,232)      (3,651)
   Treasury stock at cost, 126,762 shares                                       (3,107)        --
   Unearned shares, stock-based incentive plan, 97,069 shares                   (2,173)        --
                                                                             ---------    ---------
           Total stockholders' equity                                           60,298       63,574
                                                                             ---------    ---------
           Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                        $ 359,404    $ 295,291
                                                                             =========    =========
</TABLE>


     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


                                      F-2
<PAGE>


                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                         CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
                      (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1999       1998        1997
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>         <C>
Interest and dividend income:
   Interest and fees on loans                                                 $ 21,084   $ 17,872    $ 15,958
   Interest and dividends on securities:
     Taxable                                                                     1,503      1,009       1,197
   Other interest                                                                  839        368         321
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Total interest and dividend income                                   23,426     19,249      17,476
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
Interest expense:
   Interest on deposits                                                          8,824      8,994       8,272
   Interest on FHLB advances                                                     1,934      1,206         946
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Total interest expense                                               10,758     10,200       9,218
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Net interest and dividend income                                     12,668      9,049       8,258
Provision for loan losses                                                          617        856         117
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses     12,051      8,193       8,141
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
Other income:
   Other fees and charges                                                          269        174         163
   Securities gains                                                               --         --           123
   Gain on sale of mortgage loans                                                   67         15           6
   Other income                                                                     54        124         115
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Total other income                                                      390        313         407
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
Other expense:
   Salaries and employee benefits                                                5,498      4,545       3,804
   Occupancy expense                                                               675        644         611
   Equipment expense                                                               344        300         238
   Federal deposit insurance premiums                                              128        125       1,432
   Advertising                                                                     240        174         144
   Data processing                                                                 249        225         164
   Contribution of shares of the common stock of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.
     to The Bay State Federal Savings Charitable Foundation at the
     conversion issued price                                                      --        3,756        --
   Other expense                                                                 1,531      1,239       1,016
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Total other expense                                                   8,665     11,008       7,409
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)                           3,776     (2,502)      1,139
Income taxes (benefit)                                                           1,542       (751)         10
                                                                              --------   --------    --------
           Net income (loss)                                                  $  2,234   $ (1,751)   $  1,129
                                                                              ========   ========    ========


Earnings per share

Earnings per common share                                                     $    .97        N/A         N/A
                                                                              ========

Earnings per common share,
   assuming dilution                                                          $    .95        N/A         N/A
                                                                              ========
</TABLE>


     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>


                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            Accumulated
                                                                                                              Other
                                                                                                              Compre-      Unearned
                                                                     Common      Paid-in       Retained       hensive        ESOP
                                                                     Stock       Capital       Earnings       Income        Shares
                                                                    --------     --------      --------      --------      --------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance, March 31, 1996                                             $   --       $   --        $ 17,962      $    377      $   --
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                                           --           --           1,129          --            --
   Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-
     for-sale securities, net of tax effect of $64                      --           --            --               6          --
       Comprehensive income                                             --           --            --            --            --
                                                                    --------     --------      --------      --------      --------
Balance, March 31, 1997                                                 --           --          19,091           383          --
Comprehensive income:
   Net loss                                                             --           --          (1,751)         --            --
   Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-
     for-sale securities, net of tax effect of $196                     --           --            --             283          --
       Comprehensive income                                             --           --            --            --            --
Stock issued pursuant to initial common stock offering                    23       45,245          --            --            --
Issuance of 187,795 shares of common stock to The Bay
   State Federal Savings Charitable Foundation                             2        3,754          --            --            --
Common stock acquired by ESOP                                           --           --            --            --          (4,056)
Reduction in unearned ESOP shares charged to expense                    --           --            --            --             405
Appreciation in fair value of unearned ESOP shares
   charged to expense                                                   --            195          --            --            --
                                                                    --------     --------      --------      --------      --------
Balance, March 31, 1998                                                   25       49,194        17,340           666        (3,651)
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                                           --           --           2,234          --            --
   Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-
     for-sale securities, net of tax effect
       Comprehensive income                                             --           --            --            (621)         --
Purchase of shares of treasury stock                                    --           --            --            --            --
Dividends paid, $0.05 per share                                         --           --            (111)         --            --
Reduction in unearned ESOP shares charged to expense                    --           --            --            --             419
Appreciation in fair value of unearned ESOP shares
   charged to expense                                                   --             95          --            --            --
101,409 shares of Company common stock acquired
   for stock-based incentive plan                                       --           --            --            --            --
Issuance of  4,340 stock-based incentive plan shares                    --            (12)         --            --            --
                                                                    --------     --------      --------      --------      --------
Balance, March 31, 1999                                             $     25     $ 49,277      $ 19,463      $     45      $ (3,232)
                                                                    ========     ========      ========      ========      ========

<CAPTION>
                                                                    Unearned
                                                                   Stock-based
                                                                    Incentive
                                                         Treasury     Plan
                                                          Stock       Shares      Total
                                                         --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance, March 31, 1996                                  $   --      $   --      $ 18,339
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                                --          --          --
   Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-
     for-sale securities, net of tax effect of $64           --          --          --
       Comprehensive income                                  --          --         1,135
                                                         --------    --------    --------
Balance, March 31, 1997                                      --          --        19,474
Comprehensive income:
   Net loss                                                  --          --          --
   Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-
     for-sale securities, net of tax effect of $196          --          --          --
       Comprehensive income                                  --          --        (1,468)
Stock issued pursuant to initial common stock offering       --          --        45,268
Issuance of 187,795 shares of common stock to The Bay
   State Federal Savings Charitable Foundation               --          --         3,756
Common stock acquired by ESOP                                --          --        (4,056)
Reduction in unearned ESOP shares charged to expense         --          --           405
Appreciation in fair value of unearned ESOP shares
   charged to expense                                        --          --           195
                                                         --------    --------    --------
Balance, March 31, 1998                                                            63,574
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                                --          --          --
   Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-
     for-sale securities, net of tax effect
       Comprehensive income                                  --          --          --
Purchase of shares of treasury stock                       (3,107)       --        (3,107)
Dividends paid, $0.05 per share                              --          --          (111)
Reduction in unearned ESOP shares charged to expense         --          --           419
Appreciation in fair value of unearned ESOP shares
   charged to expense                                        --          --            95
101,409 shares of Company common stock acquired
   for stock-based incentive plan                            --        (2,269)     (2,269)
Issuance of  4,340 stock-based incentive plan shares         --            96          84
                                                         --------    --------    --------
Balance, March 31, 1999                                  $ (3,107)   $ (2,173)   $ 60,298
                                                         ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
                                 (In Thousands)
                                   (Continued)


Reclassification disclosure for the year ended March 31, 1999:

Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities                    $(931)
Less reclassification adjustment for realized gains or
   losses in net income                                                    --
                                                                          -----
   Other comprehensive loss before income tax effect                       (931)
Income tax benefit                                                          310
                                                                          -----
     Other comprehensive loss, net of tax                                 $(621)
                                                                          =====


Accumulated other comprehensive income as of March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
consists of net unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities, net
of taxes.









     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>


                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999         1998         1997
                                                               ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss)                                           $   2,234    $  (1,751)   $   1,129
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Contribution of shares to The Bay State Federal Savings
       Charitable Foundation                                        --          3,756         --
     Appreciation in fair value of ESOP shares                        95          195         --
     Reduction in unearned ESOP shares                               419          405         --
     Earned compensation on stock-based incentive plan                84         --           --
     Gain on sales of premises and equipment                        --           --             (5)
     Disposals of premises and equipment                            --           --             17
     Provision for loan losses                                       617          856          117
     Net (increase) decrease in mortgage loans
       held-for-sale                                                 501         (822)          47
     Gain on sale of mortgage loans                                  (67)         (15)          (6)
     Depreciation and amortization                                   282          235          199
     Increase (decrease) in deferred loan origination fees          (272)          33          (58)
     Gains from sales of available-for-sale securities, net         --           --           (123)
     Amortization of securities, net of accretion                     13            9            3
     Deferred tax benefit                                           (353)      (1,707)        (626)
     Gain on sale of other real estate owned                        --            (19)         (33)
     Increase in other liabilities                                   957          774          336
     (Increase) decrease in other assets                            (327)        (231)         186
     Increase in accrued interest receivable                        (660)         (27)         (55)
                                                               ---------    ---------    ---------

   Net cash provided by operating activities                       3,523        1,691        1,128
                                                               ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned                   --            322           49
   Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities         3,309        9,272        2,625
   Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities             --           --            139
   Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities       6,701         --          1,500
   Purchases of available-for-sale securities                    (25,465)      (3,141)      (1,127)
   Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock            (1,977)        (201)        --
   Distribution to Rabbi Trust                                      (455)        (704)        --
   Investment in bank owned life insurance                        (6,000)        --           --
   Net increase in loans                                         (79,722)     (18,969)     (20,606)
   Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment                    --           --             14
   Capital expenditures                                             (265)        (918)        (604)
                                                               ---------    ---------    ---------

   Net cash used in investing activities                        (103,874)     (14,339)     (18,010)
                                                               ---------    ---------    ---------
</TABLE>


                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                    BAY STATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
                                   (Continued)

                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1999        1998        1997
                                                                --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Dividends paid on common stock                                   (111)       --          --
   Purchases of Company shares for stock-based incentive plan     (2,269)       --          --
   Purchases of treasury stock                                    (3,107)       --          --
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                           --        46,949        --
   Costs related to issuance of common stock                        --        (1,681)       --
   Payments to acquire common stock for ESOP                        --        (4,056)       --
   Net increase in demand deposits, NOW and savings accounts       8,657       7,094       5,227
   Net increase (decrease) in certificate accounts                   (40)      3,627       3,899
   Repayment of advances from the Federal HomeLoan Bank           (6,626)    (74,000)    (71,300)
   Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank                       63,377      79,500      74,150
   Net increase in other borrowed funds                            1,064       1,111          17
                                                                --------    --------    --------

   Net cash provided by financing activities                      60,945      58,544      11,993
                                                                --------    --------    --------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents             (39,406)     45,896      (4,889)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                  49,513       3,617       8,506
                                                                --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                      $ 10,107    $ 49,513    $  3,617
                                                                ========    ========    ========

Supplemental disclosures:
   Interest paid                                                $ 10,758    $ 10,194    $  9,220
   Income taxes paid                                               1,622       1,074         916
   Loans transferred to other real estate owned                     --           230         309
   Loans originated from sales of other real estate owned           --          --           285
</TABLE>






     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>


                     BAYSTATE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Bay State Bancorp, Inc. (Company) is a Delaware corporation that was organized
to become the holding company of Bay State Federal Savings Bank (Bank). The
Company's primary purpose is to act as the holding company for the Bank.

In connection with the organization of the Company, on March 27, 1998, the Bank
became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and the Bank converted from a
federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered capital stock
savings bank as described in Note 16.

The Bank was incorporated in 1920 and is headquartered in Brookline,
Massachusetts. The Bank operates its business from five banking offices located
in Massachusetts. The reporting entity is Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly
owned subsidiaries Bay State Funding Corporation and Bay State Federal Savings
Bank and the Bank's wholly owned subsidiary, BSF Service Corporation. In the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 Union Federal Savings Bank ("Union Federal"), a
mutual entity was merged with and into Bay State Federal Savings Bank. The
merger was accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. The merger met all of the
conditions specified by APB 16 to be accounted for by the pooling-of-interests
method. The two banks were independent of each other and combined in their
entirety to continue what was once previously separate operations, with Bay
State Federal Savings Bank being the surviving entity. The depositors of Union
Federal became depositors of Bay State Federal Savings Bank. There were no
transactions after the merger that were inconsistent with the combining of the
interests of the depositors. See Note 15.

The Company provides a full range of banking services to individual and business
customers in eastern Massachusetts. The Company is subject to competition from
other financial institutions doing business in eastern Massachusetts.

NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries
conform to generally accepted accounting principles and predominant practices
within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements were prepared
using the accrual basis of accounting. The significant accounting policies are
summarized below to assist the reader in better understanding the consolidated
financial statements and other data contained herein.

     PERVASIVENESS OF ESTIMATES:

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
     financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
     during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from the
     estimates.

     BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
     Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries Bay State Funding
     Corporation and Bay State Federal Savings Bank and the Bank's wholly owned
     subsidiary, BSF Service Corporation. BSF Service Corporation is a
     subsidiary which was formed for the purpose of real estate development
     activities. Bay State Funding Corporation was established to lend funds to
     the Company sponsored employee stock ownership plan and related trust for
     the purchase of stock in the initial public offering. All significant
     intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
     consolidation.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

     For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include
     cash on hand, cash items, due from banks, Federal Home Loan Bank overnight
     account and shares of the Co-operative Central Bank Liquidity Fund.

     SECURITIES:

     Investments in debt securities are adjusted for amortization of premiums
     and accretion of discounts calculated using the interest method. Gains or
     losses on sales of investment securities are computed on a specific
     identification basis.

     The Company classifies debt and equity securities into one of two
     categories: available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. In general, securities
     may be classified as held-to-maturity only if the Company has the positive
     intent and ability to hold them to maturity. All other securities must be
     classified as available-for-sale.

          --   Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value on the
               balance sheet. Unrealized holding gains and losses are not
               included in earnings, but are reported as a net amount (less
               expected tax) in a separate component of capital until realized.

          --   Held-to-maturity securities are measured at amortized cost in the
               balance sheet. Unrealized holding gains and losses are not
               included in earnings or in a separate component of capital. They
               are merely disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial
               statements.

     LOANS:

     Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the
     foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their
     outstanding principal balances reduced by amounts due to borrowers on
     unadvanced loans, any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses and any
     deferred fees or costs on originated loans, or unamortized premiums or
     discounts on purchased loans.

     Interest on loans is recognized on a simple interest basis.

     Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct origination costs
     are deferred, and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related
     loan's yield. The Company is amortizing these amounts over the contractual
     life of the related loans using the interest method.

     Cash receipts of interest income on impaired loans is credited to principal
     to the extent necessary to eliminate doubt as to the collectibility of the
     net carrying amount of the loan. Some or all of the cash receipts of
     interest income on impaired loans is recognized as interest income if the
     remaining net carrying amount of the loan is deemed to be fully
     collectible. When recognition of interest income on an impaired loan on a
     cash basis is appropriate, the amount of income that is recognized is
     limited to that which would have been accrued on the net carrying amount of
     the loan at the contractual interest rate. Any cash interest payments
     received in excess of the limit and not applied to reduce the net carrying
     amount of the loan are recorded as recoveries of charge-offs until the
     charge-offs are fully recovered.

     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES:

     The allowance is increased by provisions charged to current operations and
     is decreased by loan losses, net of recoveries. The allowance for loan
     losses is established through a provision for loan losses based on
     management's evaluation of the risks inherent in its loan portfolio and the
     general economy. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount
     management considers adequate to cover estimated losses on loans which are
     deemed probable and estimable based on information currently known to
     management. The allowance is based upon a number of factors, including
     current economic conditions, actual loss experience and industry trends.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>


     The Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current
     information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to
     collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan
     agreement. The Statement requires that impaired loans be measured by either
     the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's
     effective interest rate, the loan's observable market price, or the fair
     value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

     The Statement is applicable to all loans, except large groups of smaller
     balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment,
     loans that are measured at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair
     value, leases, and convertible or nonconvertible debentures and bonds and
     other debt securities. The Company considers its residential real estate
     loans and consumer loans that are not individually significant to be large
     groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans.

     Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment
     status, net worth and collateral value. An insignificant payment delay or
     an insignificant shortfall in payment does not in itself result in the
     review of a loan for impairment. The Company reviews its loans for
     impairment on a loan-by-loan basis. The Company does not review
     aggregations of loans that have risk characteristics in common with other
     impaired loans. Interest on a loan is not generally accrued when the loan
     becomes ninety or more days overdue. The Company may place a loan on
     nonaccrual status but not classify it as impaired, if (i) it is probable
     that the Company will collect all amounts due in accordance with the
     contractual terms of the loan or (ii) the loan is an individually
     insignificant residential mortgage loan or consumer loan. Impaired loans
     are charged-off when management believes that the collectibility of the
     loan's principal is remote. Substantially all of the Company's loans that
     have been identified as impaired have been measured by the fair value of
     existing collateral.

     LOANS HELD-FOR-SALE:

     Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market
     value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a
     valuation allowance by charges to income.

     PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

     Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation
     and amortization. Cost and related allowances for depreciation and
     amortization of premises and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are
     removed from the respective accounts with any gain or loss included in
     income or expense. Depreciation and amortization are calculated principally
     on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

     BANK-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE:

     During 1999, the Company invested an aggregate of $6 million in bank-owned
     life insurance (BOLI) to help finance the cost of certain employee benefit
     plan expenses. BOLI represents life insurance on the lives of certain
     employees through insurance companies. The Company is the beneficiary of
     the insurance policies. Increases in the cash value of the policies, as
     well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other income, and are
     not subject to income taxes as long as those policies are not surrendered
     for the cash value prior to the death of the individual employees.

     OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED AND IN-SUBSTANCE FORECLOSURES:

     Other real estate owned includes properties acquired through foreclosure
     and properties classified as in-substance foreclosures in accordance with
     Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 15, "Accounting by
     Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructuring." These properties
     are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated
     costs to sell. Any writedown from cost to estimated fair value required at
     the time of foreclosure or classification as in-substance foreclosure is
     charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses incurred in connection
     with maintaining these assets, subsequent writedowns and gains or losses
     recognized upon sale are included in other expense.

     The Company classifies loans as in-substance repossessed or foreclosed if
     the Company receives physical possession of the debtor's assets regardless
     of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>

     INCOME TAXES:

     The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method.
     Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for
     the temporary differences between the accounting basis and the tax basis of
     the Company's assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in
     effect when the amounts related to such temporary differences are realized
     or settled.

     PENSION:

     Pension costs are funded as accrued.

     FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures about
     Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires that the Company disclose
     estimated fair value for its financial instruments. Fair value methods and
     assumptions used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures
     are as follows:

     Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance
     sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets' fair values.

     Securities (including mortgage-backed securities): Fair values for
     securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted
     market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market
     prices of comparable instruments.

     Loans receivable: For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with
     no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying
     values. The fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash
     flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with
     similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The carrying amount
     of accrued interest approximates its fair value.

     Accrued interest receivable: The carrying amount of accrued interest
     receivable approximates its fair value.

     Deposit liabilities: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g.,
     interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings and money market
     accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the
     reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate
     certificate accounts are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation
     that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a
     schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on certificate accounts.

     Federal Home Loan Bank Advances: Fair values for FHLB advances are
     estimated using a discounted cash flow technique that applies interest
     rates currently being offered on advances to a schedule of aggregated
     expected monthly maturities on FHLB advances.

     Other borrowed funds: Fair values of other borrowed funds are estimated
     using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company's current
     incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

     Off-balance sheet instruments: The fair value of commitments to originate
     loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter similar
     agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and
     the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan
     commitments and the unadvanced portion of loans, fair value also considers
     the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed
     rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently
     charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them
     or otherwise settle the obligation with the counterparties at the reporting
     date.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>


     EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS):

     Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to
     common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares
     outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution
     that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock
     were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance
     of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity.

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES

Debt and equity securities have been classified in the consolidated balance
sheets according to management's intent. The amortized cost basis of securities
and their approximate fair values are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Gross        Gross
                                            Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized
                                              Cost         Holding       Holding        Fair
                                              Basis         Gains        Losses         Value
                                             -------       -------       -------       -------
                                                              (In Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Available-for-sale securities:
   March 31, 1999:
     Marketable equity securities            $ 9,525       $ 1,303       $ 1,091       $ 9,737
     Mortgage-backed securities                5,371            20          --           5,391
     Trust preferred equity securities         2,506            36            21         2,521
     Corporate bonds and notes                 1,247             1            14         1,234
     Preferred stocks                          1,500          --              40         1,460
     Government agency securities              4,000             7          --           4,007
                                             -------       -------       -------       -------
                                             $24,149       $ 1,367       $ 1,166       $24,350
                                             =======       =======       =======       =======

   March 31, 1998:
     Marketable equity securities            $ 5,391       $ 1,135       $     3       $ 6,523
                                             =======       =======       =======       =======

Held-to-maturity securities:
   March 31, 1999:
     Mortgage-backed securities              $   956       $    22       $  --         $   978
                                             =======       =======       =======       =======

   March 31, 1998:
     U.S. Government securities              $ 2,001       $  --         $     2       $ 1,999
     Mortgage-backed securities                2,271             5             1         2,275
                                             -------       -------       -------       -------
                                             $ 4,272       $     5       $     3       $ 4,274
                                             =======       =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>

The scheduled maturities of debt securities were as follows as of March 31,
1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Available-For-Sale           Held-To-Maturity
                                                            ----------------------      ----------------------
                                                            Amortized                   Amortized
                                                              Cost          Fair          Cost          Fair
                                                              Basis         Value         Basis         Value
                                                            ---------      -------      ---------      -------
                                                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Debt securities other than mortgage-backed securities:
   Due within one year                                       $   753       $   754       $  --         $  --
   Due between one year and five years                         4,000         4,007          --            --
   Due between five years and ten years                         --            --            --            --
   Due after ten years                                           494           480          --            --
Mortgage-backed securities                                     5,371         5,391           956           978
                                                             -------       -------       -------       -------
                                                             $10,618       $10,632       $   956       $   978
                                                             =======       =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

There were no securities pledged as of March 31, 1999 and 1998.

During the years ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 proceeds from sales of
available-for-sale securities amounted to $0, $0 and $139, respectively. During
the years ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 gross realized gains on those
sales amounted to $0, $0 and $123, respectively.

There were no issuers of securities whose amortized cost basis and fair value
exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity as of March 31, 1999.

NOTE 4 - LOANS

Loans consisted of the following as of March 31:

                                                       1999              1998
                                                    ---------         ---------
                                                          (In Thousands)
Mortgage loans:
   Residential - secured by 1-4 family              $ 168,786         $ 157,240
   Equity lines                                         5,156             4,028
   Residential - secured by multi-family               57,744            22,411
   Construction and development                         4,070             5,287
   Commercial real estate                              67,806            35,468
                                                    ---------         ---------
           Total mortgage loans                       303,562           224,434
                                                    ---------         ---------
Commercial loans                                          500                43
                                                    ---------         ---------
Other loans:
   Loans secured by deposit accounts                      375               564
   Other consumer loans                                 3,160             2,870
                                                    ---------         ---------
           Total other loans                            3,535             3,434
                                                    ---------         ---------
           Total principal balance                    307,597           227,911
                                                    ---------         ---------
Allowance for loan losses                              (3,027)           (2,513)
Deferred loan origination fees                           (198)             (470)
                                                    ---------         ---------
                                                       (3,225)           (2,983)
                                                    ---------         ---------
           Loans, net                               $ 304,372         $ 224,928
                                                    =========         =========

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company and companies in which
they have significant ownership interest were customers of the Bank during the
year ended March 31, 1999. Total loans to such persons and their companies
amounted to $4,779 as of March 31, 1999. During the year ended March 31, 1999
principal payments and advances totaled $740 and $3,105, respectively.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows for the years ended
March 31:

                                                  1999        1998        1997
                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                         (In Thousands)

Balance at beginning of period                  $ 2,513     $ 1,687     $ 1,774
Loans charged off                                  (103)        (49)       (225)
Provision for loan losses                           617         856         117
Recoveries of loans previously charged off         --            19          21
                                                -------     -------     -------
Balance at end of period                        $ 3,027     $ 2,513     $ 1,687
                                                =======     =======     =======


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

Information about loans that meet the definition of an impaired loan in
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114 is as follows as of March
31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1999                           1998
                                                          --------------------------     -------------------------
                                                            Recorded       Related        Recorded       Related
                                                           Investment     Allowance      Investment     Allowance
                                                          In Impaired     For Credit     In Impaired    For Credit
                                                             Loans          Losses          Loans         Losses
                                                          -----------     ----------     -----------    ----------
                                                                                (In Thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Loans for which there is a related allowance for
   credit losses                                              $280           $ 82            $--            $--

Loans for which there is no related allowance for
   credit losses                                               --             --             --             --
                                                              ----           ----           ----           ----

           Totals                                             $280           $ 82            $--            $--
                                                              ====           ====           ====           ====

Average recorded investment in impaired loans during
   the year ended March 31                                    $210                           $--
                                                              ====                          ====

Related amount of interest income recognized during the
   time, in the year ended March 31 that the
   loans were impaired

           Total recognized                                   $ 14                           $--
                                                              ====                          ====
           Amount recognized using a cash-basis method
              of accounting                                   $--                            $--
                                                              ====                          ====
</TABLE>

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 122, "Accounting for Mortgage
Servicing Rights," SFAS No. 122, became effective for the Bank on April 1, 1996.
For transactions after December 31, 1996, SFAS No. 122 was superceded by
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers
and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" (SFAS No.
125). In the fiscal years ending March 31, 1999 and 1998 the Company sold
mortgage loans totaling $10,860 and $2,359, respectively and retained the
servicing rights. The fair value of those rights under SFAS No. 122 and SFAS No.
125 is not material and has not been recognized in the financial statements for
the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998.

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET OF DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

The following is a summary of premises and equipment as of March 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Estimated
                                                                           Useful
                                                1999         1998           Life
                                              -------      -------      ------------
                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Land                                          $   355      $   355
Building and improvements                       1,936        2,144      25-50 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment               1,558        1,869       5-10 years
Leasehold improvements                            203          263       5-10 years
Construction in progress                            8           68
                                              -------      -------
                                                4,060        4,699
Accumulated depreciation and amortization      (1,496)      (2,118)
                                              -------      -------
                                              $ 2,564      $ 2,581
                                              =======      =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-14
<PAGE>


NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of certificate accounts, each with a minimum denomination
of $100 was approximately $15,312 and $14,876 as of March 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively. Deposits greater than $100 are not federally insured.

For certificate accounts as of March 31, 1999, the aggregate amount of
maturities for each of the following five years ended March 31, and thereafter
are:

                                                   (In Thousands)
                  2000                               $  80,965
                  2001                                  19,757
                  2002                                   5,465
                  2003                                   1,575
                  2004                                   1,576
                  Thereafter                               272
                                                      --------
                                                      $109,610
                                                      ========

NOTE 7 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK (FHLB) ADVANCES

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Boston and as such is required to invest in
$100 par value stock in the amount of 1% of its outstanding home loans or 5% of
its outstanding advances from the FHLB or 1% of 30% of total assets, whichever
is highest. When such stock is redeemed, the Bank receives from the FHLB an
amount equal to the par value of the stock.

FHLB of Boston advances by year of maturity were as follows as of March 31,
1999:

                                                               Average
                                                                Stated
                                                Amount           Rate
                                                ------           ----
                                           (In Thousands)

         2000                                  $16,957           4.93%
         2001                                   10,810           4.89
         2002                                    1,829           4.88
         2003                                    1,271           4.88
         2004                                   10,884           4.53
         Thereafter                             35,000           4.82
                                               -------
                                               $76,751           4.82
                                               =======

The advances with maturity dates past 2004 all have call dates in the year ended
March 31, 2000 and are callable quarterly thereafter.

In accordance with the FHLB of Boston's collateral requirements, a portion of
first mortgage loans on residential property and all deposits and stock in the
FHLB of Boston are available as collateral to secure such advances.

NOTE 8 - OTHER BORROWED FUNDS

Other borrowed funds consist of overdrawn accounts with the Federal Home Loan
Bank of Boston.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)

The components of the income tax expense (benefit) are as follows for the years
ended March 31:

                                                1999         1998         1997
                                              -------      -------      -------
                                                       (In Thousands)
Current:
   Federal                                    $ 1,366      $   672      $   461
   State                                          529          284          175
                                              -------      -------      -------
                                                1,895          956          636
                                              -------      -------      -------
Deferred:
   Federal                                       (224)      (1,572)        (317)
   State                                         (129)        (135)        (100)
                                              -------      -------      -------
                                                 (353)      (1,707)        (417)
                                              -------      -------      -------
Change in valuation allowance                    --           --           (209)
                                              -------      -------      -------
      Total income tax expense (benefit)      $ 1,542      $  (751)     $    10
                                              =======      =======      =======

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rates
and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows for the years ended March
31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999         1998         1997
                                                        ------       ------       ------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>           <C>
Federal income tax at statutory rate                      34.0%       (34.0)%       34.0%
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
   Cash surrender value of life insurance                  (.4)          .3          (.8)
   Other                                                    .4          (.2)       (19.2)
   Change in valuation allowance                          --           --          (18.3)
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit        6.9          3.9          4.3
                                                        ------       ------       ------
                                                          40.9%       (30.0)%          0%
                                                        ======       ======       ======
</TABLE>

The Company had gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities as
follows as of March 31:

                                                           1999           1998
                                                         -------        -------
                                                            (In Thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
   Allowance for loan losses                             $ 1,186        $   961
   Deferred loan fees                                         18             29
   Contribution carryover                                  1,053          1,203
   ESOP expense                                               97             56
   Accrued retirement expense                                 26             67
   Accrued deferred compensation                             456            265
   Accrued stock-based incentive plan awards                 172           --
   Other                                                      61             98
                                                         -------        -------
           Gross deferred tax assets                       3,069          2,679
                                                         -------        -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Depreciation                                             (185)          (148)
   Net unrealized holding gain on securities                (156)          (466)
                                                         -------        -------
           Gross deferred tax liabilities                   (341)          (614)
                                                         -------        -------
Net deferred tax assets                                  $ 2,728        $ 2,065
                                                         =======        =======


                                      F-16
<PAGE>


Based on the Company's historical and current pretax earnings, management
believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the net
deferred tax asset existing as of March 31, 1999 and 1998. Management believes
that existing net deductible temporary differences which give rise to the net
deferred tax asset will reverse during periods in which the Company generates
net taxable income. In addition, gross deductible temporary differences are
expected to reverse in periods during which offsetting gross taxable temporary
differences are expected to reverse. Factors beyond management's control, such
as the general state of the economy and real estate values, can affect future
levels of taxable income and no assurance can be given that sufficient taxable
income will be generated to fully absorb gross deductible temporary differences.

In prior years, the Bank was allowed a special tax-basis bad debt deduction
under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, retained
earnings of the Bank as of March 31, 1999 includes approximately $5,812 for
which federal and state income taxes have not been provided. If the Bank no
longer qualifies as a bank as defined in certain provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code, this amount will be subject to recapture in taxable income ratably
over six (6) years, subject to a combined federal and state tax rate of
approximately 41%.

NOTE 10 - REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company and its subsidiary Bank are subject to various regulatory capital
requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly
additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have
a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital
adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action,
the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve
quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet
items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Their capital amounts
and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators
about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set
forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the
regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), of Tier 1 capital (as
defined) to adjusted total assets (as defined) and Tangible capital (as defined)
to Tangible assets (as defined). Management believes, as of March 31, 1999, that
the Company and the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which they
are subject.

As of March 31, 1999, the most recent notification from the Office of Thrift
Supervision categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized
the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 and
Tangible capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or
events since that notification that management believes have changed the
institution's category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   To Be Well
                                                                                                                Capitalized Under
                                                                                        For Capital             Prompt Corrective
                                                                  Actual             Adequacy Purposes:         Action Provisions:
                                                          ----------------------   ---------------------      ----------------------
                                                           Amount         Ratio     Amount        Ratio        Amount       Ratio
                                                                              (Dollar amounts in Thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>     <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>
As of March 31, 1999:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
   Consolidated                                           $63,207          27.39%  $18,462         >|=8.0%          N/A         N/A

   Bank                                                    44,017          19.99    17,616         >|=8.0      $ 22,020     >|=10.0%

Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets):
   Consolidated                                            60,253          16.77    14,368         >|=4.0           N/A         N/A

   Bank                                                    40,677          11.66    13,949         >|=4.0        17,436      >|=5.0

Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets):
   Consolidated                                            60,253          16.77       N/A            N/A           N/A         N/A
   Bank                                                    40,677          11.66     5,231         >|=1.5           N/A         N/A

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
   Consolidated                                            60,253          26.11       N/A            N/A           N/A         N/A
   Bank                                                    40,677          18.47       N/A            N/A         9,370      >|=6.0
</TABLE>



                                      F-17
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   To Be Well
                                                                                                                Capitalized Under
                                                                                        For Capital             Prompt Corrective
                                                                  Actual             Adequacy Purposes:         Action Provisions:
                                                          ----------------------   ---------------------      ----------------------
                                                           Amount         Ratio     Amount        Ratio        Amount       Ratio
                                                                              (Dollar amounts in Thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>     <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>
As of March 31, 1998:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
   Consolidated                                           $64,865          41.53%  $12,494        >|=8.0%           N/A         N/A

   Bank                                                    40,991          26.25    12,494         >|=8.0     $  15,617     >|=10.0%

Core Capital (to Adjusted Tangible Assets):
   Consolidated                                            62,908          21.45    11,732         >|=4.0           N/A         N/A

   Bank                                                    39,034          13.31    11,732         >|=4.0        14,665      >|=5.0

Tangible Capital (to Tangible Assets):
   Consolidated                                            62,908          21.45       N/A            N/A           N/A         N/A
   Bank                                                    39,034          13.31     4,399         >|=1.5           N/A         N/A

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
   Consolidated                                            62,908          40.28       N/A            N/A           N/A         N/A
   Bank                                                    39,034          24.99       N/A            N/A         9,370      >|=6.0

</TABLE>

NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

All eligible officers and employees are included in a noncontributory defined
benefit pension plan provided by the Company as a participating employer in the
Financial Institutions Retirement Fund (Fund), a multi-employer plan as defined
by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87. Employees are eligible to
participate in the Retirement Plan after the completion of 12 consecutive months
of employment with the Company and the attainment of age 21. Hourly paid
employees are excluded from participation in the Retirement Plan. Contributions
are based on individual employers' experience. According to the Fund's
administrators, as of June 30, 1998, the date of the latest actuarial valuation,
the market value of the Fund's net assets exceeded the actuarial present value
of vested and nonvested benefits in the aggregate, using an assumed rate of
return of 8.0%.

Contributions by the Company for this plan were $203, $170 and $177 for the
years ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan, the Financial Institutions
Thrift Plan (Thrift Plan), covering substantially all of its employees.
Employees are eligible to participate in the Thrift Plan upon the completion of
12 months of continuous employment with the Company (during which period they
complete at least 1,000 hours of service) and the attainment of age 21.
Employees paid on a hourly basis are not eligible for participation. Thrift Plan
contributions made by the Company were $53, $45 and $34 for the years ended
March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

In the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 the Company established a deferred
compensation benefit equalization plan for officers and employees designated by
management. The liability for such plan as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 was $1,205
and $766, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on the balance
sheets.

In the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 the Company distributed $455 and
$704, respectively to a Rabbi Trust in connection with the deferred compensation
benefit equalization plan. This asset has been included in the Company's balance
sheets as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 under other assets because it is available
to the general creditors of the Company in the event of the Company's
insolvency.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>


NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company leases space for three branches and one ATM site under noncancelable
operating leases which expire between February 2000 and February 2002. The
following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required
under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms
in excess of one year as of March 31, 1999:

Year ended March 31,                                        (In Thousands)
         2000                                                  $   407
         2001                                                      350
         2002                                                      287
                                                               -------
              Total minimum lease payments                     $ 1,044
                                                               =======

The rental expense for all operating leases except those with terms of a month
or less that were not renewed for the years ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
was $406, $387 and $358, respectively.

NOTE 13 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These
financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of
credit and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying
degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the
balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of
involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters
of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The
Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional
obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire
without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if
deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on
management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may
include secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable, inventory,
property, plant and equipment and income-producing properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to
guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk
involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved
in extending loan facilities to customers.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments, all of which
are held or issued for purposes other than trading, are as follows as of March
31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999                                1998
                                               --------------------------        ----------------------------
                                               Carrying                          Carrying
                                                Amount         Fair Value         Amount           Fair Value
                                               ---------       ----------        ---------         ----------
                                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>
Financial assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                  $  10,107        $  10,107        $  49,513          $  49,513
    Available-for-sale securities                 24,350           24,350            6,523              6,523
    Held-to-maturity securities                      956              978            4,272              4,274
    Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank
      of Boston                                    3,850            3,850            1,873              1,873
    Loans, net                                   304,372          305,563          224,928            224,466
    Loans held-for-sale                              321              321              822                822
    Accrued interest receivable                    1,920            1,920            1,260              1,260

Financial liabilities:
      Deposits                                   216,397          217,146          207,780            208,176
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances             76,751           76,492           20,000             19,849
      Other borrowed funds                         3,240            3,240            2,176              2,176
</TABLE>

The carrying amounts of financial instruments shown in the above tables are
included in the consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions.
Accounting policies related to financial instruments are described in Note 2.

Notional amounts of financial instrument liabilities with off-balance sheet
credit risk are as follows as of March 31:

                                                      1999              1998
                                                     -------          -------
                                                     Notional         Notional
                                                      Amount           Amount
                                                     -------          -------
                                                          (In Thousands)

Commitments to originate loans                       $30,417          $14,353
Unadvanced funds on loans:
   Residential loans                                   1,505              503
   Multi-family loans                                  2,941              186
   Equity loans                                        3,836            2,753
   Commercial loans                                    2,743            1,707
   Construction loans                                  1,424            2,534
                                                     -------          -------
                                                     $42,866          $22,036
                                                     =======          =======

There is no material difference between the notional amount and the estimated
fair value of loan commitments and unadvanced portions of loans.

The Company has no derivative financial instruments subject to the provisions of
SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure About Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value
of Financial Instruments."

NOTE 14 - CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Most of the Bank's business activity is with customers located within the state.
There are no concentrations of credit to borrowers that have similar economic
characteristics. The majority of the Company's loan portfolio is comprised of
loans collateralized by real estate located in the state of Massachusetts.

The short-term investments included in the consolidated balance sheets as of
March 31, 1999 consist of an investment in the Co-operative Central Bank
Liquidity Fund. This short-term investment exceeds 10% of stockholders' equity.


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

NOTE 15 - MERGER WITH UNION FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

On February 21, 1997 Union Federal Savings Bank (Union), a mutual entity, was
merged with and into Bay State Federal Savings Bank (Bay State). The merger was
accounted for as a pooling of interests, and accordingly, the accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of Union
for all periods prior to the merger.

Separate results of the combining entities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Bay State           Union           Combined
                                                      ---------           -----           --------
                                                                       (In Thousands)

<S>                                                    <C>                <C>              <C>
April 1, 1996 to February 20, 1997
     Net interest and dividend income                  $6,372             $1,257           $7,629
     Net income                                         1,177                 56            1,233
Year ended March 31, 1996
     Net interest and dividend income                   6,683              1,442            8,125
     Net income                                         1,513                171            1,684
</TABLE>

Union's fiscal years ended on December 31. The restated financial statements
reflect a change in fiscal years for Union to March 31, to conform to Bay
State's presentation.

NOTE 16 - CONVERSION TO FEDERALLY CHARTERED CAPITAL STOCK SAVINGS BANK

On September 9, 1997, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved a Plan of
Conversion, as amended, for Bay State Federal Savings Bank ("Plan"). Under the
Plan, the Bank converted from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered capital stock savings bank. As of March 31, 1999, all of the
stock of the Bank was held by the Company.

The Company issued 2,535,232 shares of its common stock through a public
offering which provided net proceeds of $49,024 after costs of $1,681.

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company established a charitable foundation
("Foundation") in connection with the Conversion. Under the Plan, the Bank and
the Company donated an amount of the Company's common stock equal to 8% of the
common stock sold in the Conversion. The Foundation is dedicated to charitable
purposes within the communities in which the Bank operates and to complement the
Bank's existing community activities.

A contribution of common stock to the Foundation by the Company is tax
deductible, subject to a limitation based on 10% of the Company's annual taxable
income. The Company, however, will be able to carry forward any unused portion
of the deduction for five years following the contribution. Upon funding the
Foundation, the Company recognized an expense in the full amount of the
contribution, offset in part by the corresponding tax deduction.

At the time of the Conversion, the Bank established a liquidation account in an
amount equal to its equity as reflected in the latest balance sheet used in the
conversion prospectus. The liquidation account is maintained for the benefit of
eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders who continue
to maintain their accounts at the Bank after the Conversion. The liquidation
account is reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders and
supplemental eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits as
of each anniversary date. Subsequent increases will not restore an eligible
account holder's or supplemental eligible account holder's interest in the
liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each
eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder will be
entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount
proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for accounts then
held.

The balance of the liquidation account was $9,563 and $12,871 as of March 31,
1999 and 1998, respectively.

The Bank may not declare or pay dividends on its stock if such declaration and
payment would violate statutory or regulatory requirements.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

NOTE 17 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

In September 1998, the stockholders of the Company approved the Bay State
Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (Plan) which includes grants of
options to purchase Company stock and awards of Company stock which is described
below. The Company applies APB Opinion 25 and related interpretations in
accounting for its plan. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized
for its stock options granted. The compensation cost that has been charged
against income for its stock awards was $506 for the year ended March 31, 1999.
The number of shares awarded was 97,609 with a weighted-average fair value per
share of $19.75. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based
compensation plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant and award
dates under the plan consistent with the method of FASB Statement 123, the
Company's net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro
forma amounts indicated below:

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
                                                                           1999
                                                                          ------
Net income                                      As reported               $2,234
                                                Pro forma                 $2,057

Basic earnings per share                        As reported               $0.97
                                                Pro forma                 $0.89

Fully diluted earnings per share                As reported               $0.95
                                                Pro forma                 $0.87

The stock subject to the Plan is the common stock of the Company. The number of
shares of the common stock reserved for grants and awards is 354,932, consisting
of 253,523 shares for stock options and 101,409 shares for stock awards. All
employees and outside directors of the Company are eligible to receive awards.

The Company determines the exercise price of stock options but such exercise
price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock
of the Company at the date of the grant. The Company determines the term during
which a participant may exercise a stock option, but in no event may a
participant exercise a stock option more than ten years from the date of grant.
The Company determines the date on which each stock option becomes exercisable.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for stock option grants in the year ended March 31, 1999:
dividend yield of .25 percent; expected volatility of 35 percent; risk-free
interest rate of 4.55 percent; and expected lives of 8 years.

A summary of the status of the Company's stock options as of March 31, 1999 and
changes during the year then ended is presented below:

                                                             Weighted-Average
                                                Shares        Exercise Price
                                                ------        --------------

Outstanding at beginning of year                   --             N/A
Granted                                         242,550         $19.75
Exercised                                          --
Forfeited                                          --
                                                -------
Outstanding at end of year                      242,550         $19.75
                                                =======

Options exercisable at year-end                  10,851
Weighted-average fair value of
   options granted during the year               $ 9.41



                                      F-22
<PAGE>

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
as of March 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Options Outstanding                                      Options Exercisable
     --------------------------------------------------------------       ----------------------------------
         Number           Weighted-Average                                    Number
      Outstanding            Remaining                                     Exercisable
     as of 3/31/99        Contractual Life           Exercise Price       as of 3/31/99       Exercise Price
     -------------        ----------------           --------------       -------------       --------------
<S>                           <C>                      <C>                    <C>                <C>
       242,550                9.5 years                $19.75                 10,851             $19.75
</TABLE>

The Company determines the date on which stock awards granted to a participant
vest and any terms or conditions which must be satisfied prior to the vesting of
any stock award. The awards vest in installments over five years.

Under the Plan, the Company may make awards of the common stock of the Company
contingent upon the satisfaction of any conditions related to the performance of
the Company. The common stock may be issued without consideration.

The First Bankers Trust Company is the Trustee for the Bay State Bancorp, Inc.
1998 Stock-Based Incentive Plan. A summary of purchases of the Company's common
stock for issuance of awards under the Plan is as follows for the year ended
March 31, 1999.

                                                            Number of
                                                              Shares      Cost
                                                             -------     -------
                                                               (In Thousands)

Purchases                                                    101,409     $ 2,269
Vested and distributed on death of a participant               4,340          96
                                                             -------     -------
Balance March 31, 1999 carried as a negative component
  of stockholders' equity on the balance sheets               97,069     $ 2,173
                                                             =======     =======

NOTE 18 - EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

On March 27, 1998 (the Conversion date) the Company adopted the Bay State
Federal Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) that became effective
as of April 1, 1997. On March 27, 1998 the ESOP purchased 202,818 shares of the
common stock of the Company. To fund the purchases, the ESOP borrowed $4,056
from Bay State Funding Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company. The borrowing
is at an interest rate of 8.5% and is to be repaid in ten equal installments of
$615 commencing on March 31, 1998 through March 31, 2007. In addition, dividends
paid on unreleased shares are used to reduce the principle balance of the loan.
The collateral for the borrowing is the common stock of the Company purchased by
the ESOP. Contributions by the Company to the ESOP are discretionary, however,
the Company intends to make annual contributions to the ESOP in an aggregate
amount at least equal to the principal and interest requirements on the debt.
The shares of stock of the Company are held in a suspense account until released
for allocation among participants. The shares will be released annually from the
suspense account and the released shares will be allocated among the
participants on the basis of the participant's compensation for the year of
allocation. As any shares are released from collateral, the Company reports
compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares and the
shares will be outstanding for earnings-per-share purposes. The shares not
released are reported as unearned ESOP shares in the stockholders' equity
section of the balance sheet. ESOP expense for the years ended March 31, 1999
and 1998 was $514 and $600, respectively. The ESOP shares as of March 31, were
as follows:
                                                         1999             1998
                                                        -------          -------
Allocated shares                                         20,282             --
Shares released for allocation                           20,948           20,282
Unreleased shares                                       161,588          182,536
                                                        -------          -------
Total ESOP shares                                       202,818          202,818
                                                        =======          =======
                                                             (In Thousands)
Fair value of unreleased shares                          $3,313           $5,453


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

NOTE 19 - CONTRIBUTION TO CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

On March 27, 1998, the Company contributed 187,795 shares of its common stock to
The Bay State Federal Savings Charitable Foundation (Foundation). The
contribution has been reflected as an expense of the Company at the conversion
issue price of $20.00 per share. The Foundation directors are also officers of,
or members of the Board of the Company or the Bank.

NOTE 20 - EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND SEVERANCE PLAN

The Bank and the Company entered into employment agreements with its President
and Executive Vice President. The employment agreements provide for the
continued payment of specified compensation and benefits for specified periods.
The agreements also provide for termination by the Company for cause (as defined
in the agreements) at any time. The employment agreements provide for the
payment, under certain circumstances, of amounts upon termination following a
"change in control" as defined in the agreements. The agreements also provide
for certain payments in the event of the officers' termination for other than
cause and in the case of voluntary termination.

The Bank and the Company entered into change-in-control agreements with certain
officers, none of who are covered by an employment agreement. The agreements
provide that in the event voluntary or involuntary termination follows a change
in control of the Bank or the Company, the officer would be entitled to a
severance payment equal to two times or three times (as the case may be) the
officers annual compensation.

The Bank's Board of Directors established a severance plan which will provide
eligible employees with severance pay benefits in the event of a change in
control of the Bank or the Company. Management personnel with employment or
change in control agreements are not eligible to participate in the severance
plan. The benefit is equal to one-twelfth of annual compensation for each year
of service up to a maximum of 199% of annual compensation.

NOTE 21 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

Reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators of the basic and diluted
per share computations for net income are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Income        Shares     Per-Share
                                                             (Numerator)   (Denominator)   Amount
                                                             -----------   -------------   ------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>       <C>
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Year ended March 31, 1999
   Basic EPS
     Net income and income available to common stockholders     $2,234         2,312     $   0.97
     Effect of dilutive securities, options                                      48
                                                                ------        -----
   Diluted EPS
     Income available to common stockholders and assumed
       conversions                                              $2,234         2,360     $   0.95
                                                                ======        =====
</TABLE>

Earnings per share data has not been presented for the years ended March 31,
1998 and 1997 because such data would not be meaningful for fiscal 1998 given
the short period during which common stock was outstanding and because the Bank
was in mutual form in fiscal 1997.

NOTE 22 - RECLASSIFICATION

Certain amounts in the prior years have been reclassified to be consistent with
the current year's statement presentation.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>


NOTE 23 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements are for Bay State Bancorp, Inc. (Parent
Company Only) and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements of Bay State Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries.

                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)

                                 Balance Sheets

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

                             (Dollars in Thousands)

ASSETS                                                         1999       1998
- ------                                                        -------    -------
Cash                                                          $ 5,990    $    13
Federal funds sold                                               --       18,575
                                                              -------    -------
           Cash and cash equivalents                            5,990     18,588
Investments in available-for-sale securities (at fair value)    7,985       --
Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Federal Savings Bank       41,445     39,700
Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Funding Corp.               3,222      4,056
Accrued interest receivable                                        93       --
Deferred tax asset                                              1,429      1,203
Other assets                                                      190         93
                                                              -------    -------
           Total assets                                       $60,354    $63,640
                                                              =======    =======

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ------------------------------------
Other liabilities                                             $    56    $    66
Stockholders' equity                                           60,298     63,574
                                                              -------    -------
           Total liabilities and stockholders' equity         $60,354    $63,640
                                                              =======    =======



                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)

                                Income Statements

    For the year ended March 31, 1999 and for the period from March 28, 1998
                               to March 31, 1998

                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         For the period
                                                                                                             from
                                                                                         For the         March 28, 1998
                                                                                        Year Ended             to
                                                                                      March 31, 1999     March 31, 1998
                                                                                      --------------     --------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>              <C>
Income:
   Dividend from Bay State Federal Savings                                                 $   750          $  --
   Interest income                                                                             570               15
                                                                                           -------          -------
           Total income                                                                      1,320               15
                                                                                           -------          -------
Expenses:
   Contribution of shares to The Bay State Federal Savings
     Charitable Foundation at the conversion issued price                                     --              3,756
   Other expense                                                                               370               70
                                                                                           -------          -------
           Total expenses                                                                      370            3,826
                                                                                           -------          -------

Income (loss) before income tax (benefit) expense and equity in undistributed net
   income of subsidiaries                                                                      950           (3,811)
Income tax (benefit) expense                                                                    49           (1,295)
                                                                                           -------          -------
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries                        901           (2,516)
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries                                           1,333               36
                                                                                           -------          -------
Net income (loss)                                                                          $ 2,234          $(2,480)
                                                                                           =======          =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-26
<PAGE>


                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)

                            Statements of Cash Flows

    For the year ended March 31, 1999 and for the period from March 28, 1998
                               to March 31, 1998

                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        For the period
                                                                                             from
                                                                        For the         March 28, 1998
                                                                      Year Ended              to
                                                                    March 31, 1999      March 31, 1998
                                                                    --------------      --------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss)                                                   $  2,234           $ (2,480)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
       Earned compensation on stock-based incentive plan                     84               --
       Contribution of shares to The Bay State Federal
         Savings Charitable Foundation                                     --                3,756
       Appreciation in fair value of ESOP shares                           --                  195
       Increase in taxes receivable                                         (51)               (93)
       Deferred tax benefit                                                 150             (1,203)
       Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets                        (46)              --
       Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses                              (10)                66
       Amortization of securities, net of accretion                           6               --
       Increase in accrued interest receivable                              (93)              --
       Undistributed net income of subsidiaries                          (1,333)               (36)
                                                                       --------           --------

   Net cash provided by operating activities                                941                205
                                                                       --------           --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Return of investment, Bay State Funding Corp.                          1,038               --
   Purchases of available-for-sale securities                            (9,090)              --
   Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Federal Savings Bank                --              (22,829)
   Investment in subsidiary, Bay State Funding Corp.                                        (4,056)
                                                                       --------           --------

   Net cash used in investing activities                                 (8,052)           (26,885)
                                                                       --------           --------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Dividends paid on common stock                                          (111)              --
   Purchases of Company shares for stock-based incentive plan            (2,269)              --
   Purchases of treasury stock                                           (3,107)              --
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                   46,949
   Costs related to issuance of common stock                                                (1,681)
                                                                       --------           --------

   Net cash provided by financing activities                             (5,487)            45,268
                                                                       --------           --------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                    (12,598)            18,588
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                         18,588               --
                                                                       --------           --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                             $  5,990           $ 18,588
                                                                       ========           ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-27
<PAGE>


Item 8. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        Financial Disclosures.
        ----------------------

     None.


                                    PART III

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons; Compliance
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.
        ---------------------------------------


     The information  relating to Directors,  Executive Officers,  Promoters and
Control  Persons of the  Registrant is  incorporated  herein by reference to the
Registrant's  Proxy  Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held
on July 22, 1999 at pages 4 through 7.

Item 10. Executive Compensation.
- --------------------------------

     The information  relating to executive  compensation is incorporated herein
by reference  to the  Registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for the Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders to be held on July 22, 1999 at pages 8 through 12.

Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management is  incorporated  herein by reference to the  Registrant's  Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 22, 1999, at
pages 3 and 5.

Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
- --------------------------------------------------------

     The information relating to certain  relationships and related transactions
is incorporated  herein by reference to the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the
Annual Meeting of  Stockholders to be held on July 22, 1999, at pages 12 through
13.


                                       40

<PAGE>



Item 13. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.
- ------------------------------------------

     (a)  The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report:

     2.1       Amended Plan of Conversion  (including  the Federal Stock Charter
               and Bylaws of Bay State Federal Savings Bank)*

     3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.*

     3.2       Amended and Restated Bylaws of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.**

     4.0       Draft Stock Certificate of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.*

     10.1      Employment Agreement between Bay State Bancorp,  Inc. and John F.
               Murphy

     10.2      Employment  Agreement  between Bay State Federal Savings Bank and
               John F. Murphy

     10.3      Employment  Agreement between Bay State Bancorp,  Inc. and Denise
               M. Renaghan

     10.4      Employment  Agreement  between Bay State Federal Savings Bank and
               Denise M. Renaghan

     10.5      Change in Control Agreement  between Bay State Bancorp,  Inc. and
               Michael O. Gilles

     10.6      Change in Control  Agreement  between Bay State  Federal  Savings
               Bank and Michael O. Gilles

     10.7      Change in Control  Agreement  between Bay State  Federal  Savings
               Bank and Philip R. McNulty

     10.8      Form of Bay State Federal  Savings Bank  Management  Supplemental
               Executive Retirement Plan*

     10.9      Form  of  Bay  State  Federal  Savings  Bank  Retirement  Benefit
               Equalization Plan*

     10.10     Bay State Federal  Savings Bank Employee  Severance  Compensation
               Plan*

     10.11     Bay State Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock-Based Incentive Plan***

     11.0      Computation  of  earnings  per  share is  incorporated  herein by
               reference to Note 21 of the Financial Statements

     21.0      Subsidiary  information  is  incorporated  herein by reference to
               "Item 1. Business--General"

     23.0      Consent of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.

     27.0      Financial Data Schedule

- ----------
*    Incorporated  by  reference  into this  document  from the Exhibits to Form
     SB-2, Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto,  Registration No.
     333-40115

**   Incorporated  by  reference  into this  document  from the Exhibits to Form
     10-QSB as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12,
     1999.

***  Incorporated by reference into this document from the Appendix to the Proxy
     Statement  for the Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  held on September  29,
     1998, as filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on August 14,
     1998.


     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

     None.


                                       41

<PAGE>



                                                                       CONFORMED

                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with Section 13 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  caused  this  report to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

                                  BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.


                                  By:  /s/ John F. Murphy
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                           John F. Murphy
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
                                           Treasurer and Chairman of the Board
DATED:  June 14, 1999

           In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed by
the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                                            Title                                           Date
- ----                                                            -----                                           ----
<S>                                              <C>                                                        <C>
/s/ John F. Murphy                               President, Chief Executive Officer,                        June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------                  Treasurer and Chairman of the Board
John F. Murphy                                   (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Denise M. Renaghan                           Executive Vice President, Chief                            June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------                  Operating Officer and Director
Denise M. Renaghan


/s/ Michael O. Gilles                            Chief Financial Officer                                    June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------                  (Principal Accounting and
Michael O. Gilles                                 Financial Officer)


/s/ Robert B. Cleary                             Director                                                   June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------
Robert B. Cleary


/s/ Leo F. Grace                                 Director                                                   June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------
Leo F. Grace


/s/ Richard F. Hughes                            Director                                                   June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------
Richard F. Hughes


/s/ Richard F. McBride                           Director                                                   June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------
Richard F. McBride


/s/ Kent T. Spellman                             Director                                                   June 14, 1999
- -------------------------------
Kent T. Spellman
</TABLE>

                                       42

<PAGE>



Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     On March 27, 1998, the Company became a savings and loan holding company by
its  acquisition of the Bank in connection with the completion of the conversion
of the Bank  from a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings  bank to a  federally
chartered  stock  savings  bank.  Prior to the  conversion  the  Company  had no
significant  assets,  liabilities  or  operations.  Accordingly,  the results of
operations and other  financial  data  represents  financial  information of the
Bank,  with the  exception of balance  sheet data at March 31, 1999 and 1998 and
selected operating data for the year ended March 31, 1999 which are presented on
a consolidated basis.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           At March 31,
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1999         1998         1997         1996         1995
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Selected Financial Data:
   Assets .....................     $359,404     $295,291     $233,074     $219,850     $204,386
   Loans, net .................      304,372      224,928      207,063      186,534      184,531
   Investments ................       31,675       56,795       16,456       19,467        7,613
   Mortgage loans held for sale          321          822           --           47           --
   Deposits ...................      216,397      207,780      197,059      187,933      178,337
   FHLB advances ..............       76,751       20,000       14,500       11,650        8,000
   Stockholders' equity .......       60,298       63,574       19,474       17,962       16,278
   Allowance for loan losses ..        3,027        2,513        1,687        1,774        1,825
   Nonperforming loans ........        1,964        2,279        1,546        1,150        1,172
   Nonperforming assets .......        1,964        2,279        1,619        1,215        1,242
   Book value per share .......     $  26.88     $  27.02          N/A          N/A          N/A

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   For the Year Ended March 31,
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1999         1998          1997         1996         1995
                                                  --------     --------      --------     --------     --------
                                                                       (In thousands)

<S>                                                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Selected Operating Data:
    Interest income ..........................     $ 23,426     $ 19,249      $ 17,476     $ 16,548     $ 14,950
    Interest expense .........................       10,758       10,200         9,218        8,423        6,506
                                                   --------     --------      --------     --------     --------
       Net interest income ...................       12,668        9,049         8,258        8,125        8,444
    Provision for loan losses ................          617          856           117            1            6
                                                   --------     --------      --------     --------     --------
       Net interest income after provision for
          loan losses ........................       12,051        8,193         8,141        8,124        8,438
    Total noninterest income .................          390          313           407          366          420
    Total noninterest expense ................        8,665       11,008         7,409        5,537        5,994
                                                   --------     --------      --------     --------     --------
       Income before income taxes ............        3,776       (2,502)        1,139        2,953        2,864
    Income taxes (benefit) ...................        1,542         (751)           10        1,269        1,163
                                                   --------     --------      --------     --------     --------
       Net income (loss) .....................     $  2,234     $ (1,751)     $  1,129     $  1,684     $  1,701
                                                   ========     ========      ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>








                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     This AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made effective as of February 13, 1998, by
and between Bay State  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Holding  Company"),  a corporation
organized  under the laws of Delaware with its principal  offices at 1299 Beacon
Street,  Brookline,  Massachusetts 02146 and John F. Murphy  ("Executive").  Any
reference to  "Institution"  herein shall mean Bay State Federal Savings Bank or
any successor thereto.

     WHEREAS,  the Holding  Company  wishes to assure  itself of the services of
Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Executive  is willing to serve in the employ of the  Holding
Company on a full-time basis for said period.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,
and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby
agree as follows:

1.   POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

     During the period of Executive's employment hereunder,  Executive agrees to
serve as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Holding  Company.  The
Executive  shall render  administrative  and management  services to the Holding
Company  such as are  customarily  performed  by persons in a similar  executive
capacity.  During said period, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an
officer or director of any subsidiary of the Holding Company.

2.   TERMS.

     (a) The period of  Executive's  employment  under this  Agreement  shall be
deemed to have  commenced as of the date first above written and shall  continue
for a period of thirty-six (36) full calendar months  thereafter.  Commencing on
the date of the execution of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be
extended  for one day each day until such time as the board of  directors of the
Holding Company (the "Board") or Executive  elects not to extend the term of the
Agreement by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with Section
8 of this Agreement, in which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and
shall end on the third anniversary of the date of such written notice.

     (b) During  the  period of  Executive's  employment  hereunder,  except for
periods of absence  occasioned  by illness,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and
reasonable  leaves of absence,  Executive  shall  devote  substantially  all his
business time, attention,  skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his
duties hereunder, including activities and services related to the organization,
operation  and  management  of the  Holding  Company  and its direct or indirect
subsidiaries  ("Subsidiaries") and participation in community,  professional and
civic


<PAGE>


organizations;  provided,  however,  that,  with the  approval of the Board,  as
evidenced by a resolution of such Board, from time to time, Executive may serve,
or continue to serve,  on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices
or positions in, companies or  organizations,  which, in such Board's  judgment,
will not present  any  conflict  of  interest  with the  Holding  Company or its
Subsidiaries,  or  materially  affect  the  performance  of  Executive's  duties
pursuant to this Agreement.

     (c) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary,  Executive's
employment  with the Holding Company may be terminated by the Holding Company or
Executive during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions
of this  Agreement.  However,  Executive  shall  not  perform,  in any  respect,
directly or  indirectly,  during the  pendency  of his  temporary  or  permanent
suspension or  termination  from the  Institution,  duties and  responsibilities
formerly performed at the Institution as part of his duties and responsibilities
as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Holding Company.

3.   COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

     (a) The Executive shall be entitled to a salary from the Holding Company or
its Subsidiaries of $250,000 per year ("Base Salary"). Base Salary shall include
any  amounts of  compensation  deferred  by  Executive  under any  tax-qualified
retirement  or  welfare   benefit  plan  or  any  other  deferred   compensation
arrangement  maintained by the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries.  Such Base
Salary  shall  be  payable  bi-weekly.  During  the  period  of this  Agreement,
Executive's  Base Salary  shall be reviewed  at least  annually;  the first such
review will be made no later than one year from the date of this Agreement. Such
review shall be conducted by the Board or by a Committee of the Board  delegated
such  responsibility  by the  Board.  The  Committee  or the Board may  increase
Executive's  Base  Salary.  Any  increase in Base Salary  shall become the "Base
Salary" for purposes of this Agreement.  In addition to the Base Salary provided
in this Section 3(a), the Holding  Company shall also provide  Executive,  at no
premium cost to Executive, with all such other benefits as provided uniformly to
permanent  full-time  employees of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries.  In
addition,  Executive shall be entitled to incentive  compensation and bonuses as
provided in any plan or arrangement of the Holding  Company or its  Subsidiaries
in which Executive is eligible to participate.

     (b) The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any employee  benefit
plans,  arrangements and perquisites  substantially equivalent to those in which
Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately prior
to the beginning of the term of this Agreement,  and the Holding Company and its
Subsidiaries  will not,  without  Executive's  prior written  consent,  make any
changes in such  plans,  arrangements  or  perquisites  which  would  materially
adversely affect Executive's rights or benefits thereunder, except to the extent
that such changes are made  applicable  to all Holding  Company and  Institution
employees eligible to participate in such plans, arrangements and perquisites on
a  non-discriminatory  basis.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing
provisions of this Subsection (b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in
or receive benefits under all plans relating to stock options,  restricted stock
awards,   stock   purchases,    pension,   thrift,    supplemental   retirement,
profit-sharing, employee

                                        2
<PAGE>


stock  ownership,  group life  insurance,  medical and other  health and welfare
coverage,  education,  cash or  stock  bonuses  that are now or  hereafter  made
available by the Holding Company or its  Subsidiaries  to its senior  executives
and key  management  employees,  subject to and on a basis  consistent  with the
terms,  conditions and overall  administration  of such plans and  arrangements.
Executive shall be entitled to incentive compensation and bonuses as provided in
any plan of the  Holding  Company and its  Subsidiaries  in which  Executive  is
eligible to  participate.  Nothing paid to the Executive  under any such plan or
arrangement  will be  deemed  to be in lieu of other  compensation  to which the
Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

     (c) The Holding Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable
travel and other reasonable  expenses incurred in the performance of Executive's
obligations under this Agreement and may provide such additional compensation in
such form and such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.

4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

     (a) Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Termination  (as herein  defined)
during the Executive's term of employment  under this Agreement,  the provisions
of  this  Section  shall  apply.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  an  "Event  of
Termination"  shall mean and include any one or more of the  following:  (i) the
termination by the Holding Company of Executive's full-time employment hereunder
for any reason other than  termination  governed by Section 5(a) hereof,  or for
Cause, as defined in Section 7 hereof;  (ii)  Executive's  resignation  from the
Holding  Company's  employ,  upon,  any (A)  failure  to elect or  reelect or to
appoint or reappoint Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer,  unless
consented to by the Executive,  (B) a material  change in Executive's  function,
duties, or responsibilities with the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries,  which
change would cause Executive's position to become one of lesser  responsibility,
importance,  or scope from the  position  and  attributes  thereof  described in
Section 1, above,  unless  consented to by the  Executive,  (C) a relocation  of
Executive's  principal  place  of  employment  by more  than 25  miles  from its
location at the effective  date of this  Agreement,  unless  consented to by the
Executive,  (D) a material  reduction  in the benefits  and  perquisites  to the
Executive from those being provided as of the effective date of this  Agreement,
unless  consented to by the  Executive,  (E) a liquidation or dissolution of the
Holding  Company  or the  Institution,  or (F) breach of this  Agreement  by the
Holding Company. Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A), (B),
(C),  (D),  (E) or (F),  above,  Executive  shall  have  the  right  to elect to
terminate his employment  under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than
sixty (60) days prior written notice given within six full calendar months after
the event giving rise to said right to elect.

     (b)  Upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Termination,  on the  Date of
Termination,  as defined in Section 8, the Holding Company shall be obligated to
pay Executive,  or, in the event of his  subsequent  death,  his  beneficiary or
beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a sum equal to the sum of: (i)
the Base Salary and bonuses in  accordance  with Section 3(a) of this  Agreement
that would have been paid to Executive for the remaining  term of this Agreement
had the Event of  Termination  not  occurred,  plus the value as calculated by a
recognized firm


                                        3

<PAGE>



customarily  performing such  valuation,  of any stock options or related rights
which as of the Date of  Termination  have been granted to Executive but are not
exercisable by Executive and the value of any restricted stock or related rights
which have been granted to  Executive;  but in which  Executive  does not have a
non-forfeitable or fully-vested interest as of the Date of Termination; and (ii)
all benefits,  including  health  insurance in accordance with Section 3(b) that
would have been provided to Executive for the remaining  term of this  Agreement
had an Event of  Termination  not  occurred.  At the election of the  Executive,
which  election is to be made prior to an Event of  Termination,  such  payments
shall be made in a lump sum. In the event that no  election is made,  payment to
the  Executive  will  be  made  on  a  monthly  basis  in  approximately   equal
installments during the remaining term of the Agreement. Such payments shall not
be  reduced  in the event  the  Executive  obtains  other  employment  following
termination of employment.

     (c) Upon the  occurrence of an Event of  Termination,  the Holding  Company
will  cause to be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and  disability  coverage
substantially  equivalent to the coverage  maintained by the Holding  Company or
its  Subsidiaries  for Executive  prior to his termination at no premium cost to
the  Executive.  Such coverage  shall cease upon the expiration of the remaining
term of this Agreement.

5.   CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     (a) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of the Holding
Company or the  Institution  shall mean an event of a nature that:  (i) would be
required to be  reported in response to Item 1(a) of the current  report on Form
8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii)  results in a
Change in Control of the  Institution or the Holding  Company within the meaning
of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended,  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act,  and  the  Rules  and  Regulations  promulgated  by the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  (or its  predecessor  agency),  as in  effect  on the  date  hereof
(provided,  that in applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth
under the rules and  regulations  of the OTS,  the Board  shall  substitute  its
judgment  for that of the OTS);  or (iii)  without  limitation  such a Change in
Control  shall be deemed to have  occurred at such time as (A) any  "person" (as
the term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes
the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),
directly or indirectly,  of voting  securities of the Institution or the Holding
Company  representing 20% or more of the  Institution's or the Holding Company's
outstanding voting securities or right to acquire such securities except for any
voting  securities of the  Institution  purchased by the Holding Company and any
voting securities  purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Holding Company
or its  Subsidiaries,  or (B)  individuals  who constitute the Board on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the  Company's  stockholders  was approved by a Nominating  Committee  solely
composed of members which are Incumbent Board members, shall be, for purposes of
this clause (B), considered as though he


                                        4

<PAGE>



were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of  reorganization,  merger,
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Institution or
the Holding Company or similar transaction occurs or is effectuated in which the
Institution or Holding Company is not the resulting entity;  provided,  however,
that such an event listed above will be deemed to have  occurred or to have been
effectuated  upon the receipt of all required federal  regulatory  approvals not
including the lapse of any statutory  waiting periods,  or (D) a proxy statement
has  been  distributed  soliciting  proxies  from  stockholders  of the  Holding
Company,  by someone other than the current  management of the Holding  Company,
seeking   stockholder   approval  of  a  plan  of   reorganization,   merger  or
consolidation   of  the  Holding  Company  or  Institution   with  one  or  more
corporations  as a result  of  which  the  outstanding  shares  of the  class of
securities  then  subject  to such  plan or  transaction  are  exchanged  for or
converted into cash or property or securities  not issued by the  Institution or
the Holding Company shall be distributed,  or (E) a tender offer is made for 20%
or more of the voting  securities  of the  Institution  or Holding  Company then
outstanding.

     (b) If a Change in Control has  occurred  pursuant  to Section  5(a) or the
Board has determined  that a Change in Control has occurred,  Executive shall be
entitled to the benefits  provided in paragraphs  (c) and (d), of this Section 5
upon his  subsequent  termination  of  employment at any time during the term of
this Agreement due to (i) Executive's  dismissal,  or (ii) Executive's voluntary
resignation  following  any  demotion,  loss of  title,  office  or  significant
authority or responsibility,  reduction in the annual  compensation or reduction
in benefits or relocation  of his principal  place of employment by more than 25
miles from its location immediately prior to the change in control,  unless such
termination is because of his death or termination for Cause.

     (c) Upon the Executive's  entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b),
the  Holding  Company  shall pay  Executive,  or in the event of his  subsequent
death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or his estate, as the case may be, as
severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a sum equal to the greater of: (i)
the Base Salary and bonuses in  accordance  with Section 3(a) of this  Agreement
that would have been paid to Executive for the remaining  term of this Agreement
had the event  described in Subsection (b) of this Section 5 not occurred,  plus
the value,  as  calculated  by a recognized  firm  customarily  performing  such
valuation,  of any  stock  option  or  related  rights  which  as of the Date of
Termination have been granted to Executive, but are not exercisable by Executive
and the value of  restricted  stock  awards or  related  rights  which have been
granted to Executive,  but which  Executive does not have a  non-forfeitable  or
fully vested interest as of the Date of Termination and all benefits,  including
health insurance,  in accordance with Section 3(b) that would have been provided
to Executive for the remaining term of this Agreement had the event described in
Subsection  (b) of  this  Section  5 not  occurred;  or  (ii)  three  (3)  times
Executive's  Average Annual  Compensation  (as defined  herein) for the five (5)
preceding  taxable years that Executive has been employed by the Holding Company
or its  Subsidiaries or such lesser number of years in the event Executive shall
have been employed with the Holding Company or its  Subsidiaries  less than five
(5) years.  Such Average  Annual  Compensation  shall include all taxable income
paid by the Holding Company or its  Subsidiaries,  including but not limited to,
Base Salary, commissions and bonuses, as well as contributions on



                                        5

<PAGE>



behalf of Executive to any pension and profit sharing plan,  severance payments,
directors  or  committee  fees  and  fringe  benefits  paid or to be paid to the
Executive during such years. At the election of the Executive, which election is
to be made prior to a Change in Control,  such  payment  shall be made in a lump
sum.  In the event that no election is made,  payment to the  Executive  will be
made on a monthly basis in approximately equal installments during the remaining
term of the Agreement. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive
obtains other employment following termination of employment.

     (d) Upon the Executive's  entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b),
the Company  will cause to be continued  life,  medical,  dental and  disability
coverage substantially  equivalent to the coverage maintained by the Institution
for  Executive  at no premium  cost to Executive  prior to his  severance.  Such
coverage and payments shall cease upon the expiration of thirty-six  (36) months
following the Change in Control.

6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL RELATED PROVISIONS.

     (a)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5, in the event that:

          (i)  the  aggregate  payments  or  benefits  to be made or afforded to
               Executive,  which are deemed to be parachute  payments as defined
               in Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
               (the  "Code")  or  any  successor   thereof,   (the  "Termination
               Benefits")  would be  deemed  to  include  an  "excess  parachute
               payment" under Section 280G of the Code; and

          (ii) if such  Termination  Benefits  were  reduced  to an amount  (the
               "Non-Triggering  Amount"),  the  value  of  which  is one  dollar
               ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times  Executive's
               "base amount," as determined in accordance with said Section 280G
               and the  Non-Triggering  Amount less the product of the  marginal
               rate of any  applicable  state  and  federal  income  tax and the
               Non-Triggering  Amount would be greater than the aggregate  value
               of the Termination  Benefits  (without such reduction)  minus (i)
               the amount of tax required to be paid by the Executive thereon by
               Section  4999 of the Code and  further  minus (ii) the product of
               the Termination  Benefits and the marginal rate of any applicable
               state and federal income tax,

then the Termination Benefits shall be reduced to the Non-Triggering Amount. The
allocation of the reduction required hereby among the Termination Benefits shall
be determined by the Executive.


                                        6

<PAGE>


7.   TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

     The  term  "Termination  for  Cause"  shall  mean  termination  because  of
Executive's  personal  dishonesty,  willful misconduct,  any breach of fiduciary
duty involving  personal profit,  intentional  failure to perform stated duties,
willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or
similar  offenses),  final  cease and  desist  order or  material  breach of any
provision of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not
be deemed to have been  terminated  for Cause  unless and until there shall have
been  delivered to him a Notice of  Termination  which shall include a copy of a
resolution duly adopted by the affirmative  vote of not less than  three-fourths
of the  members of the Board at a meeting of the Board  called and held for that
purpose  (after  reasonable  notice to  Executive  and an  opportunity  for him,
together with counsel,  to be heard before the Board),  finding that in the good
faith  opinion  of  the  Board,  Executive  was  guilty  of  conduct  justifying
Termination  for Cause and specifying  the  particulars  thereof in detail.  The
Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for
any period after Termination for Cause.  During the period beginning on the date
of the Notice of Termination  for Cause pursuant to Section 8 hereof through the
Date of  Termination,  stock  options  and  related  limited  rights  granted to
Executive  under any stock  option plan shall not be  exercisable  nor shall any
unvested  awards  granted  to  Executive  under  any stock  benefit  plan of the
Institution,  the Holding Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof,  vest.
At the Date of  Termination,  such stock options and related  limited rights and
any such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable
by or  delivered to Executive at any time  subsequent  to such  Termination  for
Cause.

8.   NOTICE.

     (a) Any purported  termination by the Holding Company or by Executive shall
be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes
of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination"  shall mean a written notice which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.

     (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date  specified in the Notice of
Termination  (which,  in the case of a Termination for Cause,  shall not be less
than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

     (c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is given,
the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party that a
dispute  exists  concerning  the  termination,  except upon the  occurrence of a
Change in Control and voluntary  termination  by the Executive in which case the
Date of  Termination  shall be the date  specified  in the  Notice,  the Date of
Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either
by mutual written agreement of the parties,  by a binding  arbitration award, or
by a final judgment,  order or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction (the
time for appeal  therefrom  having expired and no appeal having been  perfected)
and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be


                                        7

<PAGE>



extended  by a notice of dispute  only if such notice is given in good faith and
the party  giving  such notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with
reasonable  diligence.  Notwithstanding  the pendency of any such  dispute,  the
Holding  Company will continue to pay Executive his full  compensation in effect
when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited
to, Base Salary) and continue him as a participant in all compensation,  benefit
and insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of dispute was
given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement.
Amounts paid under this  Section are in addition to all other  amounts due under
this  Agreement and shall not be offset  against or reduce any other amounts due
under this Agreement.

9.   POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

     All  payments  and  benefits to  Executive  under this  Agreement  shall be
subject  to  Executive's  compliance  with this  Section 9 for one (1) full year
after  the  earlier  of the  expiration  of this  Agreement  or  termination  of
Executive's   employment  with  the  Holding  Company.   Executive  shall,  upon
reasonable  notice,  furnish  such  information  and  assistance  to the Holding
Company as may reasonably be required by the Holding  Company in connection with
any litigation in which it or any of its  subsidiaries  or affiliates is, or may
become, a party.

10.  NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE.

     (a) Upon any termination of Executive's  employment  hereunder  pursuant to
Section 4 hereof,  Executive  agrees not to compete with the Holding  Company or
its  Subsidiaries for a period of one (1) year following such termination in any
city, town or county in which the Executive's  normal business office is located
and the Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries has an office or has filed an
application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the
effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution
duly adopted by the Board.  Executive  agrees that during such period and within
said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult
or otherwise  serve with,  directly or  indirectly,  any entity  whose  business
materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of
the Holding Company or its  Subsidiaries.  The parties hereto,  recognizing that
irreparable  injury will result to the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries,  its
business  and  property in the event of  Executive's  breach of this  Subsection
10(a)  agree  that in the event of any such  breach by  Executive,  the  Holding
Company or its Subsidiaries, will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies
and damages  available,  to an injunction  to restrain the  violation  hereof by
Executive,  Executive's partners,  agents,  servants,  employees and all persons
acting for or under the direction of Executive.  Executive represents and admits
that in the event of the  termination  of his  employment  pursuant to Section 7
hereof,  Executive's  experience  and  capabilities  are such that Executive can
obtain  employment  in a business  engaged in other lines  and/or of a different
nature than the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries, and that the enforcement of
a remedy  by way of  injunction  will  not  prevent  Executive  from  earning  a
livelihood.  Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Holding Company
or its  Subsidiaries  from pursuing any other remedies  available to the Holding
Company or its Subsidiaries for such breach or threatened breach,  including the
recovery of damages from Executive.


                                        8

<PAGE>



     (b)  Executive  recognizes  and  acknowledges  that  the  knowledge  of the
business activities and plans for business activities of the Holding Company and
its  Subsidiaries as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable,  special and
unique  asset of the  business  of the  Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries.
Executive  will not,  during or after the term of his  employment,  disclose any
knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the
Holding Company and its Subsidiaries thereof to any person,  firm,  corporation,
or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized
by the Board of Directors  or required by law.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Executive  may disclose  any  knowledge of banking,  financial  and/or  economic
principles,  concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from
the business  plans and  activities  of the Holding  Company.  In the event of a
breach or threatened  breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section,
the Holding Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from
disclosing,  in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or
considered  business  activities of the Holding  Company or its  Subsidiaries or
from rendering any services to any person,  firm,  corporation,  other entity to
whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to
be  disclosed.  Nothing  herein will be  construed  as  prohibiting  the Holding
Company from pursuing any other  remedies  available to the Holding  Company for
such  breach or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery  of damages  from
Executive.

11.  SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

     (a) All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or
check from the general funds of the Holding Company subject to Section 11(b).

     (b)  Notwithstanding  any provision  herein to the contrary,  to the extent
that  payments  and  benefits,  as  provided by this  Agreement,  are paid to or
received by Executive  under the Employment  Agreement  dated February 13, 1998,
between Executive and the Institution,  such compensation  payments and benefits
paid by the Institution will be subtracted from any amount due simultaneously to
Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement.  Payments pursuant to this
Agreement and the Institution  Agreement shall be allocated in proportion to the
level of activity and the time  expended on such  activities by the Executive as
determined by the Holding Company and the Institution on a quarterly basis.

12.  EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto
and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Holding Company or any
predecessor  of the Holding  Company and  Executive,  except that this Agreement
shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the
Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.  No provision of this Agreement shall be
interpreted to mean that  Executive is subject to receiving  fewer benefits than
those available to him without reference to this Agreement.


                                        9

<PAGE>



13.  NO ATTACHMENT.

     (a) Except as  required  by law,  no right to receive  payments  under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

     (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the  benefit of,
Executive and the Holding Company and their respective successors and assigns.

14.  MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

     (a) This  Agreement may not be modified or amended  except by an instrument
in writing signed by the parties hereto.

     (b) No term or  condition  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically
waived.

15.  SEVERABILITY.

     If, for any reason,  any  provision of this  Agreement,  or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

16.  HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

     The headings of sections  and  paragraphs  herein are  included  solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.

17.  GOVERNING LAW.

     This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by the laws of the  State of  Delaware
without regards to principles of conflicts of law of this state.




                                       10

<PAGE>



18.  ARBITRATION.

     Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under or in  connection  with  this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration,  conducted before a panel
of three  arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by the  Executive  within
fifty (50) miles from the location of the  Institution,  in accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's  award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,
however,  that Executive  shall be entitled to seek specific  performance of his
right to be paid  until  the Date of  Termination  during  the  pendency  of any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

     In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with
Executive's  termination  is  resolved  in favor of the  Executive,  whether  by
judgment, arbitration or settlement,  Executive shall be entitled to the payment
of all  back-pay,  including  salary,  bonuses and any other cash  compensation,
fringe  benefits and any  compensation  and benefits  due  Executive  under this
Agreement.

19.  PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

     All  reasonable  legal fees paid or incurred by  Executive  pursuant to any
dispute or question of  interpretation  relating to this Agreement shall be paid
or reimbursed by the Holding Company,  if Executive is successful  pursuant to a
legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

20.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) The Holding  Company  shall  provide  Executive  (including  his heirs,
executors and  administrators)  with coverage  under a standard  directors'  and
officers'  liability  insurance  policy  at  its  expense  and  shall  indemnify
Executive (and his heirs,  executors and  administrators)  to the fullest extent
permitted  under  Delaware law against all expenses and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred  by him in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in which he may be  involved by reason of his having been a director
or officer of the Holding Company  (whether or not he continues to be a director
or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses
and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,  judgments,  court costs and
attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

     (b) Any payments made to Executive  pursuant to this Section are subject to
and conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k) and 12 C.F.R.
Part 359 and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

21.  SUCCESSOR TO THE HOLDING COMPANY.

     The Holding Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct
or  indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation  or  otherwise,  to  all or
substantially  all the  business  or assets of the  Institution  or the  Holding
Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to


                                       11

<PAGE>



perform the Holding  Company's  obligations  under this  Agreement,  in the same
manner and to the same  extent  that the  Holding  Company  would be required to
perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.


                                       12

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bay State Bancorp, Inc. has caused this Agreement to be
executed and its seal to be affixed hereunto by its duly authorized  officer and
its  directors,  and  Executive  has signed this  Agreement,  on the 24th day of
November, 1998.


ATTEST:                                 BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.



/s/ Jill W. Lacy                        By:    /s/ Denise M. Renaghan
- -----------------------                        ---------------------------------
                                               Denise M. Renaghan
                                               For the Entire Board of Directors




                  [SEAL]


WITNESS:



/s/ Noelle G. Nickerson                 By:     /s/ John F. Murphy
- --------------------------                     ---------------------------------
                                               John F. Murphy
                                               Executive





                                       13





                         BAY STATE FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     This AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made effective as of February 13, 1998, by
and among Bay State  Federal  Savings Bank (the "Bank"),  a federally  chartered
stock savings  bank,  with its  principal  administrative  office at 1299 Beacon
Street,  Brookline,  Massachusetts 02446, Bay State Bancorp,  Inc. a corporation
organized  under the laws of the State of Delaware,  the holding company for the
Bank (the "Holding Company"), and John F. Murphy ("Executive").

     WHEREAS,  the Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for
the period provided in this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Bank on a
full-time basis for said period.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,
and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby
agree as follows:

1.   POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

     During the period of his employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as
President,  Chief Executive  Officer and Treasurer of the Bank.  Executive shall
render   administrative  and  management  services  to  the  Bank  such  as  are
customarily  performed  by persons  situated  in a similar  executive  capacity.
During said period,  Executive also agrees to serve,  if elected,  as an officer
and director of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Bank.

2.   TERMS AND DUTIES.

     (a) The period of  Executive's  employment  under this  Agreement  shall be
deemed to have  commenced as of the date first above written and shall  continue
for a period of thirty-six (36) full calendar months  thereafter.  Commencing on
the first anniversary date of this Agreement, and continuing on each anniversary
thereafter,  the  disinterested  members of the board of  directors  of the Bank
("Board") may extend the  Agreement an  additional  year such that the remaining
term of the  Agreement  shall be  thirty-six  (36) months  unless the  Executive
elects  not to extend the term of this  Agreement  by giving  written  notice in
accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement. The Board will review the Agreement
and  Executive's  performance  annually for purposes of  determining  whether to
extend the Agreement and the rationale and results  thereof shall be included in
the minutes of the Board's meeting. The Board shall give notice to the Executive
as soon as  possible  after such  review as to whether  the  Agreement  is to be
extended.

     (b) During  the  period of  Executive's  employment  hereunder,  except for
periods of absence  occasioned  by illness,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and
reasonable leaves of absence,


<PAGE>



Executive shall devote  substantially all his business time,  attention,  skill,
and  efforts  to the  faithful  performance  of his duties  hereunder  including
activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of
the Bank and  participation  in  community  and civic  organizations;  provided,
however,  that,  with the approval of the Board, as evidenced by a resolution of
such Board, from time to time, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the
boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or
organizations, which, in such Board's judgment, will not present any conflict of
interest with the Bank,  or materially  affect the  performance  of  Executive's
duties pursuant to this Agreement.

     (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive's employment
with the Bank may be terminated by the Bank or the Executive  during the term of
this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3.   COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

     (a) The Bank shall pay Executive as  compensation  a salary of $250,000 per
year ("Base  Salary").  Base Salary  shall  include any amounts of  compensation
deferred by Executive under any tax-qualified retirement or welfare benefit plan
or any other deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Bank. Such Base
Salary  shall  be  payable  bi-weekly.  During  the  period  of this  Agreement,
Executive's  Base Salary  shall be reviewed  at least  annually;  the first such
review will be made no later than one year from the date of this Agreement. Such
review shall be conducted by the Board or by a Committee of the Board, delegated
such  responsibility  by the  Board.  The  Committee  or the Board may  increase
Executive's  Base  Salary.  Any  increase in Base Salary  shall become the "Base
Salary" for purposes of this Agreement.  In addition to the Base Salary provided
in this Section 3(a), the Bank shall also provide Executive,  at no premium cost
to  Executive,  with  all such  other  benefits  as are  provided  uniformly  to
permanent  full-time  employees  of the Bank.  In addition,  Executive  shall be
entitled  to  incentive  compensation  and  bonuses as  provided  in any plan or
arrangement of the Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate.

     (b) The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any employee  benefit
plans,  arrangements and perquisites  substantially equivalent to those in which
Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately prior
to the beginning of the term of this Agreement,  and the Bank will not,  without
Executive's prior written consent, make any changes in such plans,  arrangements
or perquisites  which would materially  adversely affect  Executive's  rights or
benefits  thereunder;  except to the extent such changes are made  applicable to
all  Bank  employees  on  a  non-discriminatory   basis.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing  provisions of this Subsection (b),  Executive shall
be entitled to  participate  in or receive  benefits under all plans relating to
stock  options,  restricted  stock awards,  stock  purchases,  pension,  thrift,
supplemental retirement,  profit-sharing,  employee stock ownership,  group life
insurance,  medical and other health and welfare  coverage,  education,  cash or
stock bonuses that are now or hereafter made available by the Bank in the future
to its senior executives and key management employees, subject to and on a basis
consistent with the terms,  conditions and overall  administration of such plans
and arrangements. Nothing paid to the Executive under any

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>



such plan or arrangement  will be deemed to be in lieu of other  compensation to
which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

     (c) The Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and
other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive performing his obligations under
this  Agreement and may provide such  additional  compensation  in such form and
such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.   PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

     (a) Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Termination  (as herein  defined)
during the Executive's term of employment  under this Agreement,  the provisions
of  this  Section  shall  apply.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  an  "Event  of
Termination"  shall mean and include any one or more of the  following:  (i) the
termination by the Bank of Executive's  full-time  employment  hereunder for any
reason other than a termination  governed by Section 5(a) hereof, or Termination
for Cause, as defined in Section 7 hereof; (ii) Executive's resignation from the
Bank's  employ  upon any (A)  failure  to  elect or  reelect  or to  appoint  or
reappoint Executive as President, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer,  unless
consented to by the Executive,  (B) a material  change in Executive's  function,
duties, or  responsibilities,  which change would cause Executive's  position to
become one of lesser responsibility,  importance, or scope from the position and
attributes  thereof  described  in  Section 1,  above,  unless  consented  to by
Executive, (C) a relocation of Executive's principal place of employment by more
than 25 miles from its location at the effective date of this Agreement,  unless
consented  to by the  Executive,  (D) a material  reduction  in the benefits and
perquisites  to the Executive from those being provided as of the effective date
of this Agreement,  unless  consented to by the Executive,  (E) a liquidation or
dissolution of the Bank or Holding  Company,  or (F) breach of this Agreement by
the Bank.  Upon the occurrence of any event  described in clauses (A), (B), (C),
(D), (E) or (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his
employment  under this  Agreement by  resignation  upon not less than sixty (60)
days prior  written  notice  given within six full months after the event giving
rise to said right to elect.

     (b)  Upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Termination,  on the  Date of
Termination,  as  defined  in  Section  8, the Bank  shall be  obligated  to pay
Executive,  or,  in the  event  of his  subsequent  death,  his  beneficiary  or
beneficiaries,  or his estate, as the case may be a sum equal to the sum of: (i)
the Base Salary and bonuses in  accordance  with Section 3(a) of this  Agreement
that would have been paid to Executive for the remaining  term of this Agreement
had the Event of  Termination  not occurred;  and (ii) all  benefits,  including
health  insurance in accordance  with Section 3(b) that would have been provided
to  Executive  for the  remaining  term of the  this  Agreement  had an Event of
Termination not occurred;  provided, however, that any payments pursuant to this
subsection and subsection  4(c) below shall not, in the aggregate,  exceed three
times Executive's  average annual  compensation for the five most recent taxable
years that  Executive  has been  employed by the Bank or such  lesser  number of
years in the event that Executive  shall have been employed by the Bank for less
than five  years.  In the event the Bank is not in  compliance  with its minimum
capital requirements or if such payments pursuant to this

                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



subsection  (b) would cause the Bank's  capital to be reduced  below its minimum
regulatory capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time
as the Bank or successor  thereto is in capital  compliance.  At the election of
the Executive,  which  election is to be made prior to an Event of  Termination,
such  payments  shall  be  made  in a lump  sum as of the  Executive's  Date  of
Termination. In the event that no election is made, payment to Executive will be
made on a monthly basis in approximately equal installments during the remaining
term of the  Agreement.  Such  payments  shall not be  reduced  in the event the
Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.

     (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination,  the Bank will cause to
be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and  disability  coverage  substantially
identical  to the  coverage  maintained  by the Bank or the Holding  Company for
Executive prior to his  termination at no premium cost to the Executive,  except
to the extent such  coverage  may be changed in its  application  to all Bank or
Holding Company employees.  Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of the
remaining term of this Agreement.

5.   CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     (a) For  purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of the Bank or
Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that:  (i) would be required to
be  reported  in  response  to Item 1 of the  current  report on Form 8-K, as in
effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii) results in a
Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding  Company  within the meaning of the
Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and
the Rules  and  Regulations  promulgated  by the  Office  of Thrift  Supervision
("OTS") (or its predecessor  agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided,
that in  applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth  under the
rules and  regulations  of the OTS, the Board shall  substitute its judgment for
that of the OTS); or (iii) without  limitation such a Change in Control shall be
deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any "person" (as the term is used in
Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes  the  "beneficial
owner"  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly, of voting securities of the Bank or the Holding Company representing
25% or more of the Bank's or the Holding Company's outstanding voting securities
or right to acquire such securities except for any voting securities of the Bank
purchased  by the Holding  Company and any voting  securities  purchased  by any
employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Holding Company, or (B) individuals who
constitute  the Board on the date hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any
reason to  constitute  at least a  majority  thereof,  provided  that any person
becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by
a vote of at least  three-quarters  of the  directors  comprising  the Incumbent
Board, or whose  nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders
was approved by the same Nominating  Committee serving under an Incumbent Board,
shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he were a member
of the Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of reorganization,  merger, consolidation,
sale of all or  substantially  all the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company
or similar  transaction  occurs in which the Bank or Holding  Company is not the
resulting entity; provided, however, that such an event listed above will be

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>



deemed to have  occurred  or to have been  effectuated  upon the  receipt of all
required  regulatory  approvals not including the lapse of any statutory waiting
periods.

     (b) If a Change in Control has  occurred  pursuant  to Section  5(a) or the
Board has determined  that a Change in Control has occurred,  Executive shall be
entitled to the benefits  provided in paragraphs  (c), and (d) of this Section 5
upon his  subsequent  termination  of  employment at any time during the term of
this Agreement due to: (1) Executive's  dismissal or (2)  Executive's  voluntary
resignation  following  any  demotion,  loss of  title,  office  or  significant
authority  or  responsibility,  material  reduction  in annual  compensation  or
benefits or  relocation  of his  principal  place of  employment by more than 25
miles from its location immediately prior to the Change in Control,  unless such
termination is because of his death,  disability,  retirement or termination for
Cause.

     (c) Upon Executive's  entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b), the
Bank  shall  pay  Executive,  or in the  event  of  his  subsequent  death,  his
beneficiary or beneficiaries,  or his estate, as the case may be, a sum equal to
the greater of: (1) the Base Salary and bonuses in accordance  with Section 3(a)
of this  Agreement that would have been paid to Executive for the remaining term
of this  Agreement had the event  described in Subsection  (b) of this Section 5
not occurred;  or 2) three (3) times Executive's Average Annual Compensation (as
defined  herein) for the five (5) most recent  taxable years that  Executive has
been  employed  by the Bank or such  lesser  number of years in the  event  that
Executive  shall  have been  employed  by the Bank for less than five (5) years.
Such "Average Annual  Compensation" shall include all taxable income paid by the
Bank,  including but not limited to, Base Salary,  commissions,  and bonuses, as
well as contributions on Executive's behalf to any pension and/or profit sharing
plan, retirement payments,  directors or committee fees and fringe benefits paid
or to be paid to the Executive in any such year and payment of any expense items
without  accountability  or  business  purpose or that do not meet the  Internal
Revenue Service requirements for deductibility by the Bank;  provided,  however,
that any payment under this provision and subsection 5(d) below shall not exceed
three (3) times the Executive's  average annual  compensation.  In the event the
Bank is not in  compliance  with its  minimum  capital  requirements  or if such
payments  would  cause the  Bank's  capital  to be  reduced  below  its  minimum
regulatory capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time
as the Bank or successor  thereto is in capital  compliance.  At the election of
the Executive,  which election is to be made prior to a Change in Control,  such
payment shall be made in a lump sum as of the  Executive's  Date of Termination.
In the event that no election is made,  payment to the Executive will be made in
approximately  equal installments on a monthly basis over a period of thirty-six
(36) months  following the Executive's  termination.  Such payments shall not be
reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of
employment.

     (d) Upon the Executive's  entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b),
the Bank  will  cause to be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and  disability
coverage  substantially  identical  to the coverage  maintained  by the Bank for
Executive prior to his severance at no premium cost to the Executive,  except to
the extent that such coverage may be changed in its application for all

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>



Bank employees on a  non-discriminatory  basis. Such coverage and payments shall
cease upon the  expiration  of  thirty-six  (36)  months  following  the Date of
Termination.

6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL RELATED PROVISIONS

     Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Section  5,  in no  event  shall  the
aggregate  payments or benefits to be made or afforded to  Executive  under said
paragraphs (the "Termination Benefits") constitute an "excess parachute payment"
under  Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or any
successor  thereto,  and in order to avoid such a result,  Termination  Benefits
will be reduced, if necessary,  to an amount (the "Non-Triggering  Amount"), the
value of which is one  dollar  ($1.00)  less than an  amount  equal to three (3)
times  Executive's  "base amount," as determined in accordance with said Section
280G.  The  allocation of the reduction  required  hereby among the  Termination
Benefits provided by Section 5 shall be determined by Executive.

7.   TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

     The  term  "Termination  for  Cause"  shall  mean  termination  because  of
Executive's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule or  regulation  (other than traffic
violations  or similar  offenses)  or final  cease-and-desist  order or material
breach  of any  provision  of this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Executive shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until
there  shall have been  delivered  to him a Notice of  Termination  which  shall
include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative  vote of not less
than a majority of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and
held for that purpose (after  reasonable  notice to Executive and an opportunity
for him, together with counsel,  to be heard before the Board),  finding that in
the good faith opinion of the Board,  Executive was guilty of conduct justifying
Termination  for  Cause  and  specifying  the  particulars  thereof  in  detail.
Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for
any period after the Date of Termination for Cause.  During the period beginning
on the date of the Notice of Termination  for Cause pursuant to Section 8 hereof
through the Date of Termination  for Cause,  stock options  granted to Executive
under any stock  option  plan shall not be  exercisable  nor shall any  unvested
stock awards granted to Executive  under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the
Holding  Company or any  subsidiary or affiliate  thereof,  vest. At the Date of
Termination  for Cause,  such stock options and any unvested  stock awards shall
become null and void and shall not be  exercisable  by or delivered to Executive
at any time subsequent to such Termination for Cause.

8.   NOTICE.

     (a)  Any  purported  termination  by the  Bank  or by  Executive  shall  be
communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of
this  Agreement,  a "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a written  notice which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>



claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's  employment  under the
provision so indicated.

     (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date  specified in the Notice of
Termination  (which,  in the case of a Termination for Cause,  shall not be less
than thirty days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

     (c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is given,
the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party that a
dispute exists concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination shall be the
date on which the  dispute  is  finally  determined,  either  by mutual  written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for
appeal  therefrom  having  expired  and no appeal  having been  perfected)  and,
provided further,  that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of
dispute  only if such  notice is given in good faith and the party  giving  such
notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with  reasonable  diligence.
Notwithstanding  the pendency of any such dispute, in the event the Executive is
terminated for reasons other than  Termination for Cause, the Bank will continue
to pay  Executive  his Base Salary in effect when the notice  giving rise to the
dispute  was given until the  earlier  of: 1) the  resolution  of the dispute in
accordance  with this  Agreement or 2) the  expiration of the remaining  term of
this Agreement as determined as of the Date of  Termination.  Amounts paid under
this Section are in addition to all other  amounts due under this  Agreement and
shall not be  offset  against  or  reduce  any  other  amounts  due  under  this
Agreement.

9.   POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

     All  payments  and  benefits to  Executive  under this  Agreement  shall be
subject  to  Executive's  compliance  with this  Section 9 for one (1) full year
after  the  earlier  of the  expiration  of this  Agreement  or  termination  of
Executive's  employment with the Bank.  Executive shall, upon reasonable notice,
furnish  such  information  and  assistance  to the  Bank as may  reasonably  be
required by the Bank in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party.

10.  NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE OF BANK BUSINESS.

     (a) Upon any termination of Executive's  employment  hereunder  pursuant to
Section 4 hereof,  Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period of
one (1) year following such termination in any city, town or county in which the
Executive's  normal business office is located and the Bank has an office or has
filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office,  determined
as of the effective date of such termination,  except as agreed to pursuant to a
resolution duly adopted by the Board.  Executive  agrees that during such period
and within said  cities,  towns and  counties,  Executive  shall not work for or
advise,  consult or otherwise  serve with,  directly or  indirectly,  any entity
whose  business  materially  competes  with  the  depository,  lending  or other
business   activities  of  the  Bank.  The  parties  hereto,   recognizing  that
irreparable  injury will result to the Bank,  its  business  and property in the
event of Executive's breach of this

                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>


Subsection  10(a) agree that in the event of any such breach by  Executive,  the
Bank, will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available,
to an  injunction to restrain the  violation  hereof by  Executive,  Executive's
partners,  agents,  servants,  employees and all persons acting for or under the
direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank
from  pursuing  any  other  remedies  available  to the Bank for such  breach or
threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

     (b)  Executive  recognizes  and  acknowledges  that  the  knowledge  of the
business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and affiliates
thereof,  as it may exist from time to time,  is a valuable,  special and unique
asset of the business of the Bank.  Executive will not, during or after the term
of his  employment,  disclose  any  knowledge of the past,  present,  planned or
considered  business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof to any person,
firm,  corporation,  or other  entity  for any  reason  or  purpose  whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking,
financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and
exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further,
Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank
to the OTS and the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC") pursuant to a
formal  regulatory  request.  In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by
Executive of the  provisions  of this  Section,  the Bank will be entitled to an
injunction  restraining  Executive  from  disclosing,  in whole or in part,  the
knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the
Bank or affiliates thereof, or from rendering any services to any person,  firm,
corporation,  other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been
disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed.  Nothing herein will be construed as
prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies  available to the Bank for
such  breach or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery  of damages  from
Executive.

11.  SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

     (a) All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or
check  from the  general  funds  of the  Bank.  The  Holding  Company,  however,
unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due
hereunder to  Executive  and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are
not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid
or provided by the Holding Company.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  any provision  herein to the contrary,  to the extent
that  payments  and  benefits,  as  provided by this  Agreement,  are paid to or
received by Executive  under the Employment  Agreement  dated February 13, 1998,
between  Executive  and the Holding  Company,  such  compensation  payments  and
benefits  paid by the Holding  Company will be  subtracted  from any amounts due
simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement. Payments
pursuant to this Agreement and the Holding Company  Agreement shall be allocated
in proportion to the services  rendered and time expended on such  activities by
Executive  as  determined  by the  Holding  Company  and the Bank on a quarterly
basis.


                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>



12.  EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto
and  supersedes  any  prior  employment   agreement  between  the  Bank  or  any
predecessor  of the Bank and  Executive,  except that this  Agreement  shall not
affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation  inuring to Executive of
a kind elsewhere  provided.  No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted
to mean that  Executive  is  subject  to  receiving  fewer  benefits  than those
available to him without reference to this Agreement.

13.  NO ATTACHMENT.

     (a) Except as  required  by law,  no right to receive  payments  under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

     (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the  benefit of,
Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

14.  MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

     (a) This  Agreement may not be modified or amended  except by an instrument
in writing signed by the parties hereto.

     (b) No term or  condition  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically
waived.

15.  REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

     (a) The Bank may  terminate  Executive's  employment  at any time,  but any
termination by the Bank, other than  Termination for Cause,  shall not prejudice
Executive's  right to  compensation  or other  benefits  under  this  Agreement.
Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for
any period after Termination for Cause as defined in Section 7 hereinabove.

     (b) If Executive is suspended  from office  and/or  temporarily  prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under
Section  8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act,  12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(e)(3)  or (g)(1);  the Bank 's obligations  under this contract shall be
suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by

                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>



appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are dismissed,  the Bank
may in its  discretion:  (i)  pay  Executive  all or  part  of the  compensation
withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (ii) reinstate (in
whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

     (c)  If   Executive  is  removed   and/or   permanently   prohibited   from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Section  8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act,  12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(e)(4)  or (g)(1),  all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall
terminate  as of the  effective  date of the  order,  but  vested  rights of the
contracting parties shall not be affected.

     (d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section  3(x)(1) of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. ss.1813(x)(1) all obligations of the Bank under
this  contract  shall  terminate as of the date of default,  but this  paragraph
shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

     (e) All  obligations  of the Bank under this contract  shall be terminated,
except to the extent  determined that  continuation of the contract is necessary
for the continued  operation of the institution:  (i) by the Director of the OTS
(or his designee), the FDIC or the Resolution Trust Corporation, at the time the
FDIC enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of the Bank
under the authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act, 12 U.S.C. ss.1823(c);  or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee)
at the time the  Director (or his  designee)  approves a  supervisory  merger to
resolve  problems  related  to the  operations  of the  Bank or when the Bank is
determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any rights
of the parties that have already vested,  however, shall not be affected by such
action.

     (f)  Any  payments  made  to  Executive  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  or
otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section
1828(k),  12 C.F.R.  Part 359 and 12 C.F.R.  Section  545.121  and any rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

16.  REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 15(b).

     In the event  Executive is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited  from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by a notice  described  in
Section  15(b) hereof (the  "Notice")  during the term of this  Agreement  and a
Change  in  Control,  as  defined  herein,  occurs,  the Bank  will  assume  its
obligation  to  pay  and  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all of the
termination  benefits  provided for under Section 5 of this  Agreement  upon the
Bank's receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice.


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>



17.  SEVERABILITY.

     If, for any reason,  any  provision of this  Agreement,  or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

18.  HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

     The headings of sections  and  paragraphs  herein are  included  solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.

19.  GOVERNING LAW.

     The validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement
shall be  governed  by the laws of the  State of  Delaware  without  regards  to
principles  of  conflicts  of law of this  state,  but  only to the  extent  not
superseded by federal law.

20.  ARBITRATION.

     Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under or in  connection  with  this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration,  conducted before a panel
of three  arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by Executive within fifty
(50) miles from the location of the Bank,  in  accordance  with the rules of the
American Arbitration  Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,  however,  that
Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid
until the Date of Termination  during the pendency of any dispute or controversy
arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

     In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with
Executive's termination is resolved in favor of Executive,  whether by judgment,
arbitration  or  settlement,  Executive  shall be entitled to the payment of all
back-pay,  including  salary,  bonuses and any other cash  compensation,  fringe
benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement.

21.  PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES.

     All reasonable costs and legal fees paid or incurred by Executive  pursuant
to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be
paid or reimbursed by the Bank if Executive is successful on the merits pursuant
to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.


                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>



22.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) The Bank shall provide  Executive  (including his heirs,  executors and
administrators)   with  coverage  under  a  standard  directors'  and  officers'
liability insurance policy at its expense and shall indemnify Executive (and his
heirs,  executors and administrators) as permitted under federal law against all
expenses  and  liabilities  reasonably  incurred  by him in  connection  with or
arising out of any  action,  suit or  proceeding  in which he may be involved by
reason of his having been a director  or officer of the Bank  (whether or not he
continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring  such expenses or
liabilities),  such expenses and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,
judgments,   court  costs  and  attorneys'  fees  and  the  cost  of  reasonable
settlements.

     (b) Any payments made to Executive  pursuant to this Section are subject to
and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k),  12 C.F.R. Part
359 and 12  C.F.R.  Section  545.121  and any rules or  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

23.  SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.

     The Bank  shall  require  any  successor  or  assignee,  whether  direct or
indirect,  by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise,   to  all  or
substantially  all the  business or assets of the Bank or the  Holding  Company,
expressly  and  unconditionally  to  assume  and  agree to  perform  the  Bank's
obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that
the Bank would be required to perform if no such  succession or  assignment  had
taken place.


                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Bay State Federal Savings Bank and John F. Murphy have
caused this  Agreement to be executed and their seals to be affixed  hereunto by
their duly  authorized  officers and  directors,  and  Executive has signed this
Agreement, on the 8th day of September, 1998.


ATTEST:                                BAY STATE FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



/s/ Barbara Olafsson                   By: /s/ Denise M. Renaghan
- -------------------------                  -----------------------------------
Barbara Olafsson                            Denise M. Renaghan
Corporate Secretary                         Executive Vice President and Chief
                                            Operating Officer


         [SEAL]

ATTEST:                                     BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                                            (Guarantor)



/s/ Barbara Olafsson                   By: /s/ Denise M. Renaghan
- -------------------------                  -----------------------------------
Barbara Olafsson                           Denise M. Renaghan
Corporate Secretary                        Executive Vice President and Chief
                                           Operating Officer
         [SEAL]


WITNESS:                                    EXECUTIVE



/s/ Nicolle G. Nickerson                   /s/ John F. Murphy
- -------------------------                  -----------------------------------
                                           John F. Murphy

                                     - 13 -




Exhibit 10.3

     Ms.  Renaghan's  Employment  is the  same as the  Employment  Agreement  in
Exhibit 10.1,  which is incorporated  herein by reference  except as to: (i) the
name of the signatory,  which is Denise M. Renaghan;  (ii) the signatory for the
Company,  which is John F.  Murphy;  (iii) the  position  in Section 1, which is
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and (iv) the amount of the
base salary in Section 3(a), which is $150,000.





Exhibit 10.4


     Ms. Renaghan's Employment Agreement is the same as the Employment Agreement
in Exhibit 10.2, which is incorporated herein by reference except as to: (i) the
name of the signatory, which is Denise M. Renaghan; (ii) the position in Section
1, which is Executive  Vice  President and Chief  Operating  Officer;  (iii) the
signatory for the Company,  which is John F. Murphy;  (iv) the guarantor for the
Company,  which is John F.  Murphy;  and (v) the  amount  of the base  salary in
Section 3(a), which is $150,000.



                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                     THREE YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT


     This  AGREEMENT is made  effective as of March 2, 1998,  by and between Bay
State Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Holding Company"),  a corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware, with its office at 1299 Beacon Street, Brookline,
Massachusetts 02146, and Michael O. Gilles ("Executive"). The term "Institution"
refers to Bay State Federal  Savings Bank,  the  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
Holding Company or any successor thereto.

     WHEREAS,  the  Holding  Company  recognizes  the  substantial  contribution
Executive  has made to the Holding  Company  and wishes to protect his  position
therewith for the period provided in this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to serve in the employ of the Holding Company
or an affiliate thereof.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the contribution and  responsibilities
of Executive,  and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1.   TERM OF AGREEMENT.

     The period of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have  commenced as of the
date first above written and shall continue for a period of thirty-six (36) full
calendar  months  thereafter.  Commencing  on the date of the  execution of this
Agreement,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be extended  for one day each day
until such time as the board of directors of the Holding  Company (the  "Board")
or Executive  elects not to extend the term of the  Agreement by giving  written
notice to the other party in  accordance  with Section 4 of this  Agreement,  in
which case the term of this Agreement  shall be fixed and shall end on the third
anniversary of the date of such written notice.

2.   CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of the Holding  Company (as
herein  defined)  followed at any time during the term of this  Agreement by the
termination of Executive's employment,  the provisions of Section 3 shall apply.
Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control,  Executive  shall have the right to
elect to  voluntarily  terminate  his  employment at any time during the term of
this  Agreement  following any demotion,  loss of title,  office or  significant
authority,  reduction in annual  compensation or material reduction in benefits,
or relocation  of his  principal  place of employment by more than 25 miles from
its location  immediately prior to the Change in Control unless such termination
is because of death or termination for Cause.



<PAGE>



     (b)  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  a  "Change  in  Control"  of  the
Institution  or Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that: (i) would
be required  to be  reported  in response to Item 1(a) of the Current  Report on
Form 8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act"); or (ii) results in a
Change in Control of the  Institution or the Holding  Company within the meaning
of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and the Rules and  Regulations  promulgated
by the Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS") (or its predecessor  agency), as in
effect on the date hereof  (provided,  that in applying the definition of change
in control as set forth under the rules and  regulations  of the OTS,  the Board
shall substitute its judgment for that of the OTS); or (iii) without  limitation
such a Change in Control  shall be deemed to have  occurred  at such time as (A)
any  "person"  (as the term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) is or becomes  the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Institution or the
Holding Company  representing  20% or more of the  Institution's  or the Holding
Company's  outstanding  securities  except for any securities of the Institution
purchased  by the  Holding  Company in  connection  with the  conversion  of the
Institution  to the stock  form and any  securities  purchased  by any  employee
benefit plan of the Institution,  or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on
the date hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to constitute at
least  a  majority  thereof,  provided  that  any  person  becoming  a  director
subsequent to the date hereof whose  election was approved by a vote of at least
three-quarters  of the  directors  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board,  or  whose
nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders  was approved by
the same Nominating  Committee  serving under an Incumbent Board,  shall be, for
purposes  of this  clause  (B),  considered  as  though  he were a member of the
Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of
all or substantially all the assets of the Institution or the Holding Company or
similar  transaction  occurs in which the  Institution or Holding Company is not
the resulting entity, or (D) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies
from  stockholders  of the Holding  Company,  by someone  other than the current
management of the Holding  Company,  seeking  stockholder  approval of a plan of
reorganization,  merger or  consolidation  of the Holding Company or Institution
with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the
class of securities  then subject to such plan or transaction  are exchanged for
or converted into cash or property or securities  not issued by the  Institution
or the Holding Company shall be  distributed,  or (E) a tender offer is made for
20% or more of the voting  securities of the Institution or Holding Company then
outstanding.

     (c)  Executive  shall not have the right to  receive  termination  benefits
pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon Termination for Cause.  The term  "Termination
for Cause" shall mean termination  because of Executive's  personal  dishonesty,
incompetence,  willful  misconduct,  any  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  involving
personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation
of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses)
or final  cease and desist  order,  or any  material  breach of this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive  shall  not be  deemed  to have been
Terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to him a
copy of a  resolution  duly  adopted  by the  affirmative  vote of not less than
three-fourths  of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board  called and
held for that purpose (after  reasonable  notice to Executive and an opportunity
for him, together

                                        2

<PAGE>



with  counsel,  to be heard  before the Board),  finding  that in the good faith
opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for
Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have
the  right to  receive  compensation  or other  benefits  for any  period  after
Termination for Cause.  During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of
Termination  for  Cause  pursuant  to  Section  4  hereof  through  the  Date of
Termination, stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under
any stock option plan shall not be  exercisable  nor shall any  unvested  awards
granted  to  Executive  under any stock  benefit  plan of the  Institution,  the
Holding  Company or any  subsidiary or affiliate  thereof,  vest. At the Date of
Termination, such stock options and related limited rights and any such unvested
awards shall become null and void and shall not be  exercisable  by or delivered
to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Cause.

3.   TERMINATION BENEFITS.

     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, followed at any time during
the term of this  Agreement  by the  voluntary  or  involuntary  termination  of
Executive's  employment,  other  than for  Termination  for Cause,  the  Holding
Company shall be obligated to pay  Executive,  or in the event of his subsequent
death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or his estate,  as the case may be, a
sum equal to three (3) times  Executive's  Average Annual  Compensation  for the
five  most  recent  taxable  years  that  Executive  has  been  employed  by the
Institution  or such lesser  number of years in the event that  Executive  shall
have been  employed by the  Institution  for less than five years.  Such Average
Annual Compensation shall include all taxable income paid by the Holding Company
or its subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, base salary, commissions and
bonuses,  as well as  contributions  on behalf of  Executive  to any pension and
profit sharing plan,  severance payments,  director or committee fees and fringe
benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive  during such years. At the election
of  Executive  which  election is to be made prior to a Change in Control,  such
payment  shall be made in a lump sum.  In the event  that no  election  is made,
payment to  Executive  will be made on a monthly  basis in  approximately  equal
installments during the remaining term of this Agreement.

     (b) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of the  Institution  or the
Holding  Company  followed  at any time  during  the term of this  Agreement  by
Executive's termination of employment, other than for Termination for Cause, the
Holding  Company  shall  cause to be  continued  life,  medical  and  disability
coverage  substantially  identical to the coverage maintained by the Institution
for Executive prior to his severance,  except to the extent such coverage may be
changed in its  application  to all  Institution  employees.  Such  coverage and
payments  shall cease upon  expiration of thirty-six  (36) full calendar  months
following the Date of Termination.

     (c)  Notwithstanding  the  preceding  paragraphs  of this Section 3, in the
event that:

          (i)  the  aggregate  payments  or  benefits  to be made or afforded to
               Executive,  which are deemed to be parachute  payments as defined
               in Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
               (the  "Code")  or  any  successor   thereof,   (the  "Termination
               Benefits") would be deemed to

                                        3

<PAGE>



               include an "excess  parachute  payment" under Section 280G of the
               Code; and

          (ii) if such  Termination  Benefits  were  reduced  to an amount  (the
               "Non-Triggering  Amount"),  the  value  of  which  is one  dollar
               ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times  Executive's
               "base amount," as determined in accordance with said Section 280G
               and the  Non-Triggering  Amount less the product of the  marginal
               rate of any  applicable  state  and  federal  income  tax and the
               Non-Triggering  Amount would be greater than the aggregate  value
               of the Termination  Benefits  (without such reduction)  minus (i)
               the amount of tax required to be paid by the Executive thereon by
               Section  4999 of the Code and  further  minus (ii) the product of
               the Termination  Benefits and the marginal rate of any applicable
               state and federal income tax,

then the Termination Benefits shall be reduced to the Non-Triggering Amount. The
allocation of the reduction required hereby among the Termination Benefits shall
be determined by the Executive.

4.   NOTICE OF TERMINATION.

     (a) Any purported termination by the Holding Company, or by Executive shall
be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes
of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination"  shall mean a written notice which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in detail the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a
basis  for  termination  of  Executive's   employment  under  the  provision  so
indicated.

     (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date  specified in the Notice of
Termination (which, in the case of Termination for Cause, shall not be less than
thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

     (c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is given,
the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party that a
dispute exists concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination shall be the
date on which the  dispute  is  finally  determined,  either  by mutual  written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for
appeal  therefrom  having  expired  and no appeal  having  been  perfected)  and
provided  further that the Date of Termination  shall be extended by a notice of
dispute  only if such  notice is given in good faith and the party  giving  such
notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with  reasonable  diligence.
Notwithstanding  the  pendency of any such  dispute,  the Holding  Company  will
continue to pay Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving
rise to the dispute was given (including,  but not limited to his current annual
salary) and  continue  him as a  participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and
insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of

                                        4

<PAGE>



dispute was given, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this
Agreement.  Amounts  paid under this  Section  4(c) are in addition to all other
amounts due under this  Agreement and shall not be offset  against or reduce any
other amounts due under this Agreement.

5.   SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

     It is  intended by the parties  hereto that all  payments  provided in this
Agreement  shall be paid in cash or check from the general  funds of the Holding
Company.

6.   EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto
and supersedes any prior  agreement  between the Holding  Company and Executive,
except that this Agreement  shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or
compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.  No provision of
this  Agreement  shall be  interpreted  to mean that  Executive  is  subject  to
receiving fewer benefits than those  available to him without  reference to this
Agreement.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Executive the right to continue
in the employ of the Holding  Company or shall impose on the Holding Company any
obligation to employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.

7.   NO ATTACHMENT.

     (a) Except as  required  by law,  no right to receive  payments  under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

     (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the  benefit of,
Executive, the Holding Company and their respective successors and assigns.

8.   MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

     (a) This  Agreement may not be modified or amended  except by an instrument
in writing signed by the parties hereto.


                                        5

<PAGE>



     (b) No term or  condition  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.

9.   REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER INSTITUTION AGREEMENT.

     In the event  Executive is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited  from
participating in the conduct of the Institution's  affairs by a notice described
in Section 9(b) of the Change in Control  Agreement  between  Executive  and the
Institution dated March 2, 1998 (the "Institution Agreement") during the term of
this Agreement and a Change in Control,  as defined  herein,  occurs the Holding
Company  will assume its  obligation  to pay and  Executive  will be entitled to
receive all of the  termination  benefits  provided  for under  Section 3 of the
Institution  Agreement  upon the  notification  of the  Holding  Company  of the
Institution's receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice.

10.  EFFECT OF ACTION UNDER INSTITUTION AGREEMENT.

     Notwithstanding  any provision  herein to the contrary,  to the extent that
payments and benefits are paid to or received by Executive under the Institution
Agreement  between  Executive and  Institution,  the amount of such payments and
benefits  paid by the  Institution  will  be  subtracted  from  any  amount  due
simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement.

11.  SEVERABILITY.

     If, for any reason,  any  provision of this  Agreement,  or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

12.  HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

         The headings of sections and paragraphs  herein are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.  In addition,  references herein to the
masculine shall apply to both the masculine and the feminine.


                                        6

<PAGE>



13.  GOVERNING LAW.

     The  validity,   interpretation,   performance,  and  enforcement  of  this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard
to the principles of conflicts of law of this State.

14.  ARBITRATION.

     Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under or in  connection  with  this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration,  conducted before a panel
of three  arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by Executive within fifty
(50) miles from the  location of the Holding  Company,  in  accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's  award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,
however,  that Executive  shall be entitled to seek specific  performance of his
right to be paid  until  the Date of  Termination  during  the  pendency  of any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

15.  PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

     All  reasonable  legal fees paid or incurred by  Executive  pursuant to any
dispute or question of  interpretation  relating to this Agreement shall be paid
or  reimbursed by the Holding  Company if Executive is successful  pursuant to a
legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

16.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) The Holding  Company  shall  provide  Executive  (including  his heirs,
executors and  administrators)  with coverage  under a standard  directors'  and
officers'  liability  insurance  policy  at  its  expense  and  shall  indemnify
Executive (and his heirs,  executors and  administrators)  to the fullest extent
permitted  under  Delaware law against all expenses and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred  by him in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in which he may be  involved by reason of his having been a director
or officer of the Holding Company  (whether or not he continues to be a director
or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses
and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,  judgments,  court costs and
attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

     (b) Any payments made to Executive  pursuant to this Section are subject to
and conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k) and 12 C.F.R.
Part 359 and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                        7

<PAGE>



17.  SUCCESSOR TO THE HOLDING COMPANY.

     The Holding Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct
or  indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation  or  otherwise,  to  all or
substantially  all the  business  or assets of the  Institution  or the  Holding
Company,  expressly  and  unconditionally  to assume  and agree to  perform  the
Holding Company's  obligations  under this Agreement,  in the same manner and to
the same extent that the Holding Company would be required to perform if no such
succession or assignment had taken place.

                                   SIGNATURES


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bay State Bancorp, Inc. has caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  its  duly  authorized  officer,  and  Executive  has  signed  this
Agreement, on the 24th day of November, 1998.

ATTEST:                                     BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.


/s/ Jill W. Lacy                            By: /s/ John F. Murphy
- ----------------------                          -------------------------------
                                                John F. Murphy
                                                Chairman of the Board, President
                                                and Chief Executive Officer

WITNESS:


/s/ Nicolle G. Nickerson                    /s/ Michael O. Gilles
- ----------------------                          -------------------------------
                                                Michael O. Gilles
                                                Executive

Seal


                                        8




                         BAY STATE FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
                     THREE YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT


     This  AGREEMENT  is made  effective  as of March 2, 1998,  by and among Bay
State Federal Savings Bank (the  "Institution"),  a federally  chartered savings
bank, with its principal administrative office at 1299 Beacon Street, Brookline,
Massachusetts 02446, Michael Gilles  ("Executive"),  and Bay State Bancorp, Inc.
(the "Holding Company"),  a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware which is the holding company of the Institution.

     WHEREAS, the Institution recognizes the substantial  contribution Executive
has made to the Institution and wishes to protect Executive's position therewith
for the period provided in this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to serve in the employ of the Institution.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the contribution and  responsibilities
of Executive,  and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1.   TERM OF AGREEMENT.

     The term of the Bay State Federal Savings Bank Three Year Change in Control
Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  shall be deemed to have  commenced as of the date
first above  written and shall  continue  for a period of  thirty-six  (36) full
calendar months  thereafter.  Commencing on the first  anniversary  date of this
Agreement  and  continuing at each  anniversary  date  thereafter,  the Board of
Directors  of  the  Institution  ("Board")  may  extend  the  Agreement  for  an
additional year. The Board will review the Agreement and Executive's performance
annually for purposes of determining  whether to extend the  Agreement,  and the
results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board's meeting.

2.   CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of the  Institution  or the
Holding Company (as herein defined) followed at any time during the term of this
Agreement by the termination of Executive's employment, other than for Cause, as
defined in Section 2(c) hereof,  the  provisions of Section 3 shall apply.  Upon
the occurrence of a Change in Control,  Executive  shall have the right to elect
to  voluntarily  terminate  his  employment  at any time during the term of this
Agreement  following  any  demotion,   loss  of  title,  office  or  significant
authority,  reduction in his annual  compensation or benefits,  or relocation of
his  principal  place of  employment  by more  than 25 miles  from its  location
immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, however, the Executive may
consent in writing to any such  demotion,  loss,  reduction or  relocation.  The
effect of any written consent of the Executive under this Section 2 (a) shall be
strictly limited to the terms specified in such written consent.


<PAGE>



     (b)  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  a  "Change  in  Control"  of  the
Institution  or Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that: (i) would
be required  to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current  report on Form
8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii)
results in a Change in Control of the  Institution or the Holding Company within
the  meaning of the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933,  as  amended,  the  Federal
Deposit Insurance Act and the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("OTS") (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date
hereof  (provided,  that in applying the  definition of change in control as set
forth under the rules and regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its
judgment  for that of the OTS);  or (iii)  without  limitation  such a Change in
Control  shall be deemed to have  occurred at such time as (A) any  "person" (as
the term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes
the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),
directly or indirectly,  of voting  securities of the Institution or the Holding
Company  representing 25% or more of the  Institution's or the Holding Company's
outstanding voting securities or right to acquire such securities except for any
voting  securities of the  Institution  purchased by the Holding Company and any
voting  securities  purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Institution or
the Holding  Company,  or (B)  individuals  who constitute the Board on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the  Holding  Company's  stockholders  was  approved  by the same  Nominating
Committee  serving  under an  Incumbent  Board,  shall be, for  purposes of this
clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (C)
a plan of reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale of all or substantially
all the assets of the Institution or the Holding Company or similar  transaction
occurs in which the Institution or Holding Company is not the resulting  entity;
provided,  however,  that  such an event  listed  above  will be  deemed to have
occurred or to have been effectuated upon the receipt of all required regulatory
approvals not including the lapse of any statutory waiting periods.

     (c) Executive shall not receive termination  benefits pursuant to Section 3
hereof upon Termination for Cause.  The term  "Termination for Cause" shall mean
termination because of Executive's  personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful
misconduct,  any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure  to  perform  stated  duties,  willful  violation  of any  law,  rule or
regulation  (other  than  traffic  violations  or  similar  offenses)  or  final
cease-and-desist  order or material  breach of any provision of this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive  shall  not be  deemed  to have been
Terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to him a
Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by
the affirmative  vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board at
a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice
to Executive and an  opportunity  for him,  together  with counsel,  to be heard
before  the  Board),  finding  that in the  good  faith  opinion  of the  Board,
Executive was guilty of conduct justifying  Termination for Cause and specifying
the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive
compensation  or other  benefits  for any period  after  Termination  for Cause.
During the

                                        2

<PAGE>



period  beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Cause pursuant to
Section 4 hereof  through  the Date of  Termination,  stock  options and related
limited  rights  granted to  Executive  under any stock option plan shall not be
exercisable  nor shall any unvested  awards granted to Executive under any stock
benefit  plan of the  Institution,  the  Holding  Company or any  subsidiary  or
affiliate  thereof  vest.  At the Date of  Termination,  such stock  options and
related  limited rights and such unvested  awards shall become null and void and
shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time  subsequent to
such Date of Termination for Cause.

3.   TERMINATION BENEFITS.

     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, followed at any time during
the term of this Agreement by termination of the Executive's  employment due to:
(1) Executive's  dismissal or (2) Executive's  voluntary termination pursuant to
Section 2(a),  unless such  termination  is due to  Termination  for Cause,  the
Institution and the Holding Company shall pay Executive,  or in the event of his
subsequent death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or his estate, as the case
may be, a sum equal to three (3) times Executive's  Average Annual  Compensation
for the five most recent  taxable years that  Executive has been employed by the
Institution  or such lesser  number of years in the event that  Executive  shall
have been employed by the  Institution  for less than five years.  Such "Average
Annual Compensation" shall include base salary, commissions, bonuses, as well as
contributions on behalf of Executive to any pension and profit-sharing plan, and
fringe  benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive  during such years.  At the
election  of  Executive,  which  election  is to be made  prior to a  Change  in
Control, such payment shall be made in a lump sum. In the event that no election
is made,  payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis in  approximately
equal installments during the remaining term of this Agreement.

     (b) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of the  Institution  or the
Holding  Company  followed  at any time  during  the term of this  Agreement  by
Executive's voluntary or involuntary  termination of employment,  other than for
Termination for Cause, the Institution shall cause to be continued life, medical
and disability  coverage  substantially  identical to the coverage maintained by
the Institution or Holding Company for Executive prior to his severance,  except
to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Institution
or Holding Company  employees on a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  Such coverage and
payments shall cease upon the expiration of thirty-six (36) full calendar months
from the Date of Termination.

     (c) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3, in no event
shall the  aggregate  payments or  benefits to be made or afforded to  Executive
under  said  paragraphs  (the  "Termination  Benefits")  constitute  an  "excess
parachute  payment" under Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended,  or any  successor  thereto,  and  in  order  to  avoid  such a  result
Termination  Benefits  will  be  reduced,  if  necessary,   to  an  amount  (the
"Non-Triggering  Amount"), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an
amount equal to three (3) times  Executive's  "base  amount," as  determined  in
accordance  with said Section 280G.  The  allocation  of the reduction  required
hereby among the Termination  Benefits  provided by the preceding  paragraphs of
this Section 3 shall be determined by Executive.

                                        3

<PAGE>



4.   NOTICE OF TERMINATION.

     (a)  Any  purported  termination  by the  Institution  or by  Executive  in
connection  with a  Change  in  Control  shall  be  communicated  by  Notice  of
Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice
of  Termination"  shall mean a written  notice which shall indicate the specific
termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied  upon and  shall set forth in
reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for
termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated.

     (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date  specified in the Notice of
Termination  (which, in the instance of Termination for Cause, shall not be less
than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

     (c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is given,
the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party that a
dispute exists concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination shall be the
date on which the  dispute  is  finally  determined,  either  by mutual  written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for
appeal  therefrom  having  expired  and no appeal  having  been  perfected)  and
provided  further that the Date of Termination  shall be extended by a notice of
dispute  only if such  notice is given in good faith and the party  giving  such
notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with  reasonable  diligence.
Notwithstanding  the pendency of any such dispute in connection with a Change in
Control,  in the event that the Executive is  terminated  for reasons other than
Termination for Cause,  the Institution  will continue to pay Executive his full
compensation  in effect  when the notice  giving  rise to the  dispute was given
(including,  but  not  limited  to his  annual  salary)  and  continue  him as a
participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and insurance  plans in which he was
participating  when the notice of dispute  was given,  until the earlier of: (1)
the  resolution of the dispute in  accordance  with this  Agreement;  or (2) the
expiration of the remaining  term of this Agreement as determined as of the Date
of Termination.

5.   SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

     It is  intended by the parties  hereto that all  payments  provided in this
Agreement  shall  be paid in  cash  or  check  from  the  general  funds  of the
Institution.  Further, the Holding Company guarantees such payment and provision
of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive  and, if such amounts and
benefits  due  from the  Institution  are not  timely  paid or  provided  by the
Institution,  such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Holding
Company.

6.   EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto
and supersedes any prior agreement between the Institution and Executive, except
that this  Agreement  shall not  affect or  operate  to reduce  any  benefit  or
compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.  No provision of
this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that

                                        4

<PAGE>



Executive is subject to receiving  fewer  benefits  than those  available to him
without reference to this Agreement.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Executive the right to continue
in the employ of Institution or shall impose on the  Institution  any obligation
to employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.

7.   NO ATTACHMENT.

     (a) Except as  required  by law,  no right to receive  payments  under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

     (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the  benefit of,
Executive, the Institution and their respective successors and assigns.

8.   MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

     (a) This  Agreement may not be modified or amended  except by an instrument
in writing signed by the parties hereto.

     (b) No term or  condition  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.

9.   REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS.

     (a) The board of directors  may  terminate  Executive's  employment  at any
time, but any termination by the board of directors,  other than Termination for
Cause,  shall not prejudice  Executive's right to compensation or other benefits
under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation
or other  benefits  for any  period  after  Termination  for Cause as defined in
Section 2 hereinabove.

     (b) If Executive is suspended  from office  and/or  temporarily  prohibited
from  participating  in the  conduct  of the  Institution's  affairs by a notice
served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
U.S.C.  ss.1818(e)(3)  or  (g)(1)),  the  Institution's  obligations  under this
contract  shall  be  suspended  as of the  date of  service,  unless  stayed  by
appropriate  proceedings.  If the  charges  in the  notice  are  dismissed,  the
Institution  may in  its  discretion  (i)  pay  Executive  all  or  part  of the
compensation withheld while their contract

                                        5

<PAGE>



obligations  were  suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the
obligations which were suspended.

     (c)  If   Executive  is  removed   and/or   permanently   prohibited   from
participating  in the conduct of the  Institution's  affairs by an order  issued
under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the Institution under this contract
shall terminate as of the effective date of the order,  but vested rights of the
contracting parties shall not be affected.

     (d) If the  Institution is in default as defined in Section  3(x)(1) of the
Federal Deposit  Insurance Act, all  obligations of the  Institution  under this
contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not
affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

     (e) All obligations under this contract shall be terminated,  except to the
extent  determined  that  continuation  of the  contract  is  necessary  for the
continued  operation  of the  institution:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  or her designee at the time the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance  to or on behalf of
the  Institution  under the authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Act;  or  (ii)  by the  Director  of the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision or her designee at the time the Director or her designee  approves a
supervisory  merger to resolve  problems related to operation of the Institution
or when the  Institution  is  determined  by the  Director to be in an unsafe or
unsound condition.  Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however,
shall not be affected by such action.

     (f)  Any  payments  made  to  Executive  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  or
otherwise,  are  subject  to and  conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12  U.S.C.
ss.1828(k),  12 C.F.R. Part 359 and 12 C.F.R.  Section 545.121 and any rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

10.  REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 9(b).

     In the event  Executive is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited  from
participating in the conduct of the Institution's  affairs by a notice described
in Section 9(b) hereof (the  "Notice")  during the term of this  Agreement and a
Change in Control,  as defined herein,  occurs,  the Institution will assume its
obligation  to  pay  and  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all of the
termination  benefits  provided for under Section 3 of this  Agreement  upon the
Institution's receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice of Termination.

11.  SEVERABILITY.

     If, for any reason,  any  provision of this  Agreement,  or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.


                                        6

<PAGE>



12.  HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

     The headings of sections  and  paragraphs  herein are  included  solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement.  In  addition,  references  to the
masculine shall apply equally to the feminine.

13.  GOVERNING LAW.

     The  validity,   interpretation,   performance,  and  enforcement  of  this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware but only to the
extent not preempted by Federal law.

14.  ARBITRATION.

     Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under or in  connection  with  this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration,  conducted before a panel
of three  arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by Executive within fifty
(50) miles from the location of the  Institution's  main office,  in  accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration  Association then in effect. Judgment
may be  entered  on the  arbitrator's  award in any court  having  jurisdiction;
provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance
of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

15.  PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES.

     All reasonable costs and legal fees paid or incurred by Executive  pursuant
to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be
paid or  reimbursed by the  Institution  (which  payments are  guaranteed by the
Holding Company  pursuant to Section 5 hereof) if Executive is successful on the
merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

16.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) The Bank shall provide  Executive  (including his heirs,  executors and
administrators)   with  coverage  under  a  standard  directors'  and  officers'
liability insurance policy at its expense and shall indemnify Executive (and his
heirs,  executors and administrators) as permitted under federal law against all
expenses  and  liabilities  reasonably  incurred  by him in  connection  with or
arising out of any  action,  suit or  proceeding  in which he may be involved by
reason of his having been a director  or officer of the Bank  (whether or not he
continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring  such expenses or
liabilities),  such expenses and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,
judgments,   court  costs  and  attorneys'  fees  and  the  cost  of  reasonable
settlements.


                                        7

<PAGE>



     (b) Any payments made to Executive  pursuant to this Section are subject to
and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k),  12 C.F.R. Part
359 and 12  C.F.R.  Section  545.121  and any rules or  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

17.  SUCCESSOR TO THE INSTITUTION.

     The Institution shall require any successor or assignee,  whether direct or
indirect,  by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise,   to  all  or
substantially  all the  business  or assets of the  Institution,  expressly  and
unconditionally  to assume and agree to perform  the  Institution's  obligations
under  this  Agreement,  in the  same  manner  and to the same  extent  that the
Institution would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had
taken place.




                                        8

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Bay State Federal Savings Bank and Bay State Bancorp,
Inc.  have  caused  this  Agreement  to be  executed  by their  duly  authorized
officers, and Executive has signed this Agreement,  on the 24th day of November,
1998.


ATTEST:                             BAY STATE FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



/s/ Jill W. Lacy                    By:   /s/ John F. Murphy
- ---------------------                     -------------------------------------
                                          John F. Murphy
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer


         [SEAL]


ATTEST:                             BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                                         (Guarantor)


/s/ Jill W. Lacy                    By:   /s/ John F. Murphy
- ---------------------                     -------------------------------------
                                          John F. Murphy
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer
         [SEAL]


WITNESS:                                  EXECUTIVE:


/s/ Nicolle G. Nickerson                  /s/ Michael Gilles
- ---------------------                     -------------------------------------
                                          Michael Gilles

                                        9




                         BAY STATE FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK
                      TWO YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT


     This  AGREEMENT is made effective as of February 13, 1998, by and among Bay
State Federal Savings Bank (the  "Institution"),  a federally  chartered savings
bank, with its principal administrative office at 1299 Beacon Street, Brookline,
Massachusetts 02446, Philip McNulty  ("Executive"),  and Bay State Bancorp, Inc.
(the "Holding Company"),  a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware which is the holding company of the Institution.

     WHEREAS, the Institution recognizes the substantial  contribution Executive
has made to the Institution and wishes to protect Executive's position therewith
for the period provided in this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to serve in the employ of the Institution.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the contribution and  responsibilities
of Executive,  and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1.   TERM OF AGREEMENT.
     -----------------

     The term of the Bay State  Federal  Savings Bank Two Year Change in Control
Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  shall be deemed to have  commenced as of the date
first above  written and shall  continue for a period of  twenty-four  (24) full
calendar months  thereafter.  Commencing on the first  anniversary  date of this
Agreement  and  continuing at each  anniversary  date  thereafter,  the Board of
Directors  of  the  Institution  ("Board")  may  extend  the  Agreement  for  an
additional year. The Board will review the Agreement and Executive's performance
annually for purposes of determining  whether to extend the  Agreement,  and the
results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board's meeting.

2.   CHANGE IN CONTROL.
     ------------------

     (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of the  Institution  or the
Holding Company (as herein defined) followed at any time during the term of this
Agreement by the termination of Executive's employment, other than for Cause, as
defined in Section 2(c) hereof,  the  provisions of Section 3 shall apply.  Upon
the occurrence of a Change in Control,  Executive  shall have the right to elect
to  voluntarily  terminate  his  employment  at any time during the term of this
Agreement  following  any  demotion,   loss  of  title,  office  or  significant
authority,  reduction in his annual  compensation or benefits,  or relocation of
his  principal  place of  employment  by more  than 25 miles  from its  location
immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, however, the Executive may
consent in writing to any such  demotion,  loss,  reduction or  relocation.  The
effect of any written consent of the Executive under this Section 2 (a) shall be
strictly limited to the terms specified in such written consent.


<PAGE>


     (b)  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  a  "Change  in  Control"  of  the
Institution  or Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that: (i) would
be required  to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current  report on Form
8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii)
results in a Change in Control of the  Institution or the Holding Company within
the  meaning of the Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933,  as  amended,  the  Federal
Deposit Insurance Act and the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("OTS") (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date
hereof  (provided,  that in applying the  definition of change in control as set
forth under the rules and regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its
judgment  for that of the OTS);  or (iii)  without  limitation  such a Change in
Control  shall be deemed to have  occurred at such time as (A) any  "person" (as
the term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes
the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),
directly or indirectly,  of voting  securities of the Institution or the Holding
Company  representing 25% or more of the  Institution's or the Holding Company's
outstanding voting securities or right to acquire such securities except for any
voting  securities of the  Institution  purchased by the Holding Company and any
voting  securities  purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Institution or
the Holding  Company,  or (B)  individuals  who constitute the Board on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the  Holding  Company's  stockholders  was  approved  by the same  Nominating
Committee  serving  under an  Incumbent  Board,  shall be, for  purposes of this
clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (C)
a plan of reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale of all or substantially
all the assets of the Institution or the Holding Company or similar  transaction
occurs in which the Institution or Holding Company is not the resulting  entity;
provided,  however,  that  such an event  listed  above  will be  deemed to have
occurred or to have been effectuated upon the receipt of all required regulatory
approvals not including the lapse of any statutory waiting periods.

     (c) Executive shall not receive termination  benefits pursuant to Section 3
hereof upon Termination for Cause.  The term  "Termination for Cause" shall mean
termination because of Executive's  personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful
misconduct,  any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional
failure  to  perform  stated  duties,  willful  violation  of any  law,  rule or
regulation  (other  than  traffic  violations  or  similar  offenses)  or  final
cease-and-desist  order or material  breach of any provision of this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive  shall  not be  deemed  to have been
Terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to him a
Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by
the affirmative  vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board at
a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice
to Executive and an  opportunity  for him,  together  with counsel,  to be heard
before  the  Board),  finding  that in the  good  faith  opinion  of the  Board,
Executive was guilty of conduct justifying  Termination for Cause and specifying
the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive
compensation  or other  benefits  for any period  after  Termination  for Cause.
During the



                                       2
<PAGE>


period  beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Cause pursuant to
Section 4 hereof  through  the Date of  Termination,  stock  options and related
limited  rights  granted to  Executive  under any stock option plan shall not be
exercisable  nor shall any unvested  awards granted to Executive under any stock
benefit  plan of the  Institution,  the  Holding  Company or any  subsidiary  or
affiliate  thereof  vest.  At the Date of  Termination,  such stock  options and
related  limited rights and such unvested  awards shall become null and void and
shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time  subsequent to
such Date of Termination for Cause.

3.   TERMINATION BENEFITS.
     --------------------

     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, followed at any time during
the term of this Agreement by termination of the Executive's  employment due to:
(1) Executive's  dismissal or (2) Executive's  voluntary termination pursuant to
Section 2(a),  unless such  termination  is due to  Termination  for Cause,  the
Institution and the Holding Company shall pay Executive,  or in the event of his
subsequent death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or his estate, as the case
may be, a sum equal to two (2) times Executive's Average Annual Compensation for
the five most  recent  taxable  years that  Executive  has been  employed by the
Institution  or such lesser  number of years in the event that  Executive  shall
have been employed by the  Institution  for less than five years.  Such "Average
Annual Compensation" shall include base salary, commissions, bonuses, as well as
contributions on behalf of Executive to any pension and profit-sharing plan, and
fringe  benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive  during such years.  At the
election  of  Executive,  which  election  is to be made  prior to a  Change  in
Control, such payment shall be made in a lump sum. In the event that no election
is made,  payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis in  approximately
equal installments during the remaining term of this Agreement.

     (b) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of the  Institution  or the
Holding  Company  followed  at any time  during  the term of this  Agreement  by
Executive's voluntary or involuntary  termination of employment,  other than for
Termination for Cause, the Institution shall cause to be continued life, medical
and disability  coverage  substantially  identical to the coverage maintained by
the Institution or Holding Company for Executive prior to his severance,  except
to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Institution
or Holding Company  employees on a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  Such coverage and
payments  shall  cease upon the  expiration  of twenty  four (24) full  calendar
months from the Date of Termination.

     (c) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3, in no event
shall the  aggregate  payments or  benefits to be made or afforded to  Executive
under  said  paragraphs  (the  "Termination  Benefits")  constitute  an  "excess
parachute  payment" under Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended,  or any  successor  thereto,  and  in  order  to  avoid  such a  result
Termination  Benefits  will  be  reduced,  if  necessary,   to  an  amount  (the
"Non-Triggering  Amount"), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an
amount equal to three (3) times  Executive's  "base  amount," as  determined  in
accordance  with said Section 280G.  The  allocation  of the reduction  required
hereby among the Termination  Benefits  provided by the preceding  paragraphs of
this Section 3 shall be determined by Executive.


                                       3
<PAGE>


4.   NOTICE OF TERMINATION.
     ---------------------

     (a)  Any  purported  termination  by the  Institution  or by  Executive  in
connection  with a  Change  in  Control  shall  be  communicated  by  Notice  of
Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice
of  Termination"  shall mean a written  notice which shall indicate the specific
termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied  upon and  shall set forth in
reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for
termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated.

     (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date  specified in the Notice of
Termination  (which, in the instance of Termination for Cause, shall not be less
than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

     (c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is given,
the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party that a
dispute exists concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination shall be the
date on which the  dispute  is  finally  determined,  either  by mutual  written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for
appeal  therefrom  having  expired  and no appeal  having  been  perfected)  and
provided  further that the Date of Termination  shall be extended by a notice of
dispute  only if such  notice is given in good faith and the party  giving  such
notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with  reasonable  diligence.
Notwithstanding  the pendency of any such dispute in connection with a Change in
Control,  in the event that the Executive is  terminated  for reasons other than
Termination for Cause,  the Institution  will continue to pay Executive his full
compensation  in effect  when the notice  giving  rise to the  dispute was given
(including,  but  not  limited  to his  annual  salary)  and  continue  him as a
participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and insurance  plans in which he was
participating  when the notice of dispute  was given,  until the earlier of: (1)
the  resolution of the dispute in  accordance  with this  Agreement;  or (2) the
expiration of the remaining  term of this Agreement as determined as of the Date
of Termination.

5.   SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
     ------------------

     It is  intended by the parties  hereto that all  payments  provided in this
Agreement  shall  be paid in  cash  or  check  from  the  general  funds  of the
Institution.  Further, the Holding Company guarantees such payment and provision
of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive  and, if such amounts and
benefits  due  from the  Institution  are not  timely  paid or  provided  by the
Institution,  such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Holding
Company.

6.   EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.
     -----------------------------------------------------

     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto
and supersedes any prior agreement between the Institution and Executive, except
that this  Agreement  shall not  affect or  operate  to reduce  any  benefit  or
compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.  No provision of
this  Agreement  shall be  interpreted  to mean that


                                       4
<PAGE>


Executive is subject to receiving  fewer  benefits  than those  available to him
without reference to this Agreement.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Executive the right to continue
in the employ of Institution or shall impose on the  Institution  any obligation
to employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.

7.   NO ATTACHMENT.
     -------------

     (a) Except as  required  by law,  no right to receive  payments  under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

     (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the  benefit of,
Executive, the Institution and their respective successors and assigns.

8.   MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.
     -----------------------

     (a) This  Agreement may not be modified or amended  except by an instrument
in writing signed by the parties hereto.

     (b) No term or  condition  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.

9.   REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS.
     -------------------------------

         (a) The board of directors may terminate Executive's  employment at any
time, but any termination by the board of directors,  other than Termination for
Cause,  shall not prejudice  Executive's right to compensation or other benefits
under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation
or other  benefits  for any  period  after  Termination  for Cause as defined in
Section 2 hereinabove.

         (b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited
from  participating  in the  conduct  of the  Institution's  affairs by a notice
served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
U.S.C.  ss.1818(e)(3)  or  (g)(1)),  the  Institution's  obligations  under this
contract  shall  be  suspended  as of the  date of  service,  unless  stayed  by
appropriate  proceedings.  If the  charges  in the  notice  are  dismissed,  the
Institution  may in  its  discretion  (i)  pay  Executive  all  or  part  of the
compensation  withheld while their contract


                                       5
<PAGE>


obligations  were  suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the
obligations which were suspended.

     (c)  If   Executive  is  removed   and/or   permanently   prohibited   from
participating  in the conduct of the  Institution's  affairs by an order  issued
under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the Institution under this contract
shall terminate as of the effective date of the order,  but vested rights of the
contracting parties shall not be affected.

     (d) If the  Institution is in default as defined in Section  3(x)(1) of the
Federal Deposit  Insurance Act, all  obligations of the  Institution  under this
contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not
affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

     (e) All obligations under this contract shall be terminated,  except to the
extent  determined  that  continuation  of the  contract  is  necessary  for the
continued  operation  of the  institution:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  or her designee at the time the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance  to or on behalf of
the  Institution  under the authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Act;  or  (ii)  by the  Director  of the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision or her designee at the time the Director or her designee  approves a
supervisory  merger to resolve  problems related to operation of the Institution
or when the  Institution  is  determined  by the  Director to be in an unsafe or
unsound condition.  Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however,
shall not be affected by such action.

     (f)  Any  payments  made  to  Executive  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  or
otherwise,  are  subject  to and  conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12  U.S.C.
ss.1828(k),  12 C.F.R. Part 359 and 12 C.F.R.  Section 545.121 and any rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

10.  REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 9(b).
     --------------------------------------------

     In the event  Executive is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited  from
participating in the conduct of the Institution's  affairs by a notice described
in Section 9(b) hereof (the  "Notice")  during the term of this  Agreement and a
Change in Control,  as defined herein,  occurs,  the Institution will assume its
obligation  to  pay  and  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all of the
termination  benefits  provided for under Section 3 of this  Agreement  upon the
Institution's receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice of Termination.

11.  SEVERABILITY.
     -------------

     If, for any reason,  any  provision of this  Agreement,  or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.


                                       6
<PAGE>


12.  HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
     ---------------------------

     The headings of sections  and  paragraphs  herein are  included  solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement.  In  addition,  references  to the
masculine shall apply equally to the feminine.

13.  GOVERNING LAW.
     --------------

     The  validity,   interpretation,   performance,  and  enforcement  of  this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware but only to the
extent not preempted by Federal law.

14.  ARBITRATION.
     ------------

     Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under or in  connection  with  this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration,  conducted before a panel
of three  arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by Executive within fifty
(50) miles from the location of the  Institution's  main office,  in  accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration  Association then in effect. Judgment
may be  entered  on the  arbitrator's  award in any court  having  jurisdiction;
provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance
of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

15.  PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES.
     -------------------------------

     All reasonable costs and legal fees paid or incurred by Executive  pursuant
to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be
paid or  reimbursed by the  Institution  (which  payments are  guaranteed by the
Holding Company  pursuant to Section 5 hereof) if Executive is successful on the
merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

16.  INDEMNIFICATION.
     ----------------

     (a) The Bank shall provide  Executive  (including his heirs,  executors and
administrators)   with  coverage  under  a  standard  directors'  and  officers'
liability insurance policy at its expense and shall indemnify Executive (and his
heirs,  executors and administrators) as permitted under federal law against all
expenses  and  liabilities  reasonably  incurred  by him in  connection  with or
arising out of any  action,  suit or  proceeding  in which he may be involved by
reason of his having been a director  or officer of the Bank  (whether or not he
continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring  such expenses or
liabilities),  such expenses and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,
judgments,   court  costs  and  attorneys'  fees  and  the  cost  of  reasonable
settlements.


                                       7
<PAGE>


     (b) Any payments made to Executive  pursuant to this Section are subject to
and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k),  12 C.F.R. Part
359 and 12  C.F.R.  Section  545.121  and any rules or  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

17.  SUCCESSOR TO THE INSTITUTION.
     -----------------------------

     The Institution shall require any successor or assignee,  whether direct or
indirect,  by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise,   to  all  or
substantially  all the  business  or assets of the  Institution,  expressly  and
unconditionally  to assume and agree to perform  the  Institution's  obligations
under  this  Agreement,  in the  same  manner  and to the same  extent  that the
Institution would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had
taken place.


                                       8
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Bay State Federal Savings Bank and Bay State Bancorp,
Inc.  have  caused  this  Agreement  to be  executed  by their  duly  authorized
officers, and Executive has signed this Agreement,  on the 8th day of September,
1998.


ATTEST:                               BAY STATE FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



/s/ Barbara L. Olafsson               By:  /s/ John F. Murphy
- ---------------------------                -------------------------------------
Barbara L. Olafsson                        John F. Murphy
Corporate Secretary                        President and Chief Executive Officer


         [SEAL]


ATTEST:                               BAY STATE BANCORP, INC.
                                               (Guarantor)



/s/ Barbara L. Olafsson               By:  /s/ John F. Murphy
- ---------------------------                -------------------------------------
Barbara L. Olafsson                        John F. Murphy
Corporate Secretary                        President and Chief Executive Officer
         [SEAL]


WITNESS:                                  EXECUTIVE


/s/ Noelle G. Nickerson                    /s/ Philip R. McNulty
- ---------------------------                -------------------------------------

                                       9


               [LETTERHEAD OF SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.]


                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the  incorporation  by  reference in the  Registration  Statements
(nos.  333-57195 and 333-71263) on Form S-8 of Bay State  Bancorp,  Inc., of our
report dated April 16, 1999 relating to the  consolidated  balance  sheets as of
March 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related consolidated income statements,  changes
in  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended March 31, 1999,  which report  appears in the March 31, 1999 annual
report on Form 10-KSB of Bay State Bancorp, Inc.

                                          /s/ Shatswell, Macleod & Company, P.C.
                                          SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

West Peabody, Massachusetts
June 14, 1999




<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS OF BAYSTATE BANCORP,  INC. AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH
31,  1999 AND IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE  TO SUCH  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               MAR-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                  APR-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                    MAR-31-1999
<CASH>                                                3,738
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                              216,530
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                          0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                          0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                          24,350
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                                  956
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                    978
<LOANS>                                             304,372
<ALLOWANCE>                                           3,027
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                      359,404
<DEPOSITS>                                          216,397
<SHORT-TERM>                                         79,991
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                   2,718
<LONG-TERM>                                               0
                                     0
                                               0
<COMMON>                                                 26
<OTHER-SE>                                           60,273
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                      359,404
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                      21,084
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                     1,503
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                        839
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                     23,426
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                    8,824
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                    1,934
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                                10,758
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                           617
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                        0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                       8,665
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                       3,776
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                            1,542
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                           0
<CHANGES>                                                 0
<NET-INCOME>                                          2,234
<EPS-BASIC>                                          0.97
<EPS-DILUTED>                                          0.95
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                         7.74
<LOANS-NON>                                           1,964
<LOANS-PAST>                                              0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                          0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                           0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                      2,513
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                           103
<RECOVERIES>                                              0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                     3,027
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                  3,027
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                       0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                                   0



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission